Released GTK+ 1.0.6

Sun Sep 20 22:17:03 PDT 1998 Shawn T. Amundson <amundson@gtk.org>

        * Released GTK+ 1.0.6

.cvsignore

@@ -10,5 +10,4 @@ aclocal.m4
 configure
 gtk-config
 config.cache
-ABOUT-NLS
-intl
+

AUTHORS

@@ -14,9 +14,8 @@ Lars Hamann       <lars@gtk.org>
 Tim Janik         <timj@gtk.org>
 Stefan Jeske      <stefan@gtk.org>
 Elliot Lee        <sopwith@gtk.org>
-Raph Levien       <raph@gtk.org>
 Ian Main          <imain@gtk.org>
-Federico Mena     <quartic@gtk.org>
+Fedrerico Mena    <quartic@gtk.org>
 Paolo Molaro      <lupus@lettere.unipd.it>
 Jay Painter       <jpaint@gtk.org>
 Manish Singh      <manish@gtk.org>

HACKING

@@ -4,32 +4,26 @@ to have the following packages installed:
 	- GNU autoconf 2.12
 	- GNU automake 1.3
 	        (Beta releases are at ftp://ftp.cygnus.com/pub/tromey)
-	- GNU libtool 1.2b
-	- indent (GNU indent 1.9.1 is known good)
-	- GNU gettext 10.35
-		Available in ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu
+	- GNU libtool 1.2
 
 These should be available by ftp from ftp.gnu.org or any of the
 fine GNU mirrors.  Beta software can be found at alpha.gnu.org.
 
-In order to get CVS gtk+ installed on your system, you need to have
-the most recent CVS version of glib installed as well.
-The installation process of glib is similar to that of gtk+, but
-needs to be fulfilled prior to installation of gtk+.
-
-To compile a CVS version of gtk+ on your system, you will need to take
-several steps to setup the tree for compilation.  You can do all these
-steps at once by running:
+If you are accessing gtk+ via CVS, then you will need to take several
+steps to get it to compile.  You can do all these steps at once
+by running:
 
         cvsroot/gtk+# ./autogen.sh
    
 Basically this does the following for you:
 
   	cvsroot/gtk+# aclocal; automake; autoconf
+        cvsroot/gtk+/glib# aclocal; automake; autoconf
 
         The above commands create the "configure" script.  Now you
 	can run the configure script in cvsroot/gtk+ to create all
-	the Makefiles.
+	the Makefiles.  You only need to call "configure" in cvsroot/gtk+ 
+	as the one in glib will be invoked automatically.
 
 Before running autogen.sh or configure, make sure you have libtool 
 in your path.  
@@ -39,12 +33,11 @@ options like --prefix=/usr to configure you can give those options
 to autogen.sh and they will be passed on to configure.
 
 If at all possible, please use CVS to get the latest development version of
-gtk+ and glib.  You can do the following to get glib and gtk+ from cvs:
+gtk+.  You can do the following to get gtk+ from cvs:
 
    $ export CVSROOT=':pserver:anonymous@cvs.gimp.org:/debian/home/gnomecvs'
    $ cvs login
      (there is no password, just hit return)
-   $ cvs -z9 checkout glib
    $ cvs -z9 checkout gtk+
 
 Please submit patches to the gtk-list@redhat.com mailing list (you must

INSTALL

@@ -1,18 +1,12 @@
-Prerequisites
-=============
-
-GTK+ requires the GLIB library, available at the same location as
-you got this package.
-
 Simple install procedure
 ========================
 
-  % gzip -cd gtk+-1.1.12.tar.gz | tar xvf - # unpack the sources
-  % cd gtk+-1.1.12                          # change to the toplevel directory
-  % ./configure                             # run the `configure' script
-  % make                                    # build GTK
+  % gzip -cd gtk+-1.0.6.tar.gz | tar xvf - # unpack the sources
+  % cd gtk+-1.0.6                          # change to the toplevel directory
+  % ./configure                            # run the `configure' script
+  % make                                   # build GTK
   [ Become root if necessary ]
-  % make install                            # install GTK
+  % make install                           # install GTK
 
 The Nitty-Gritty
 ================
@@ -85,19 +79,6 @@ or,
  setenv CFLAGS -O2 ; ./configure  # csh and variants
 
 
-Using an uninstalled copy of GLIB
-=================================
-
-You can compile GTK+ against a copy of GLIB that you have not
-yet installed. To do this, give the --with-glib=DIR options
-to ./configure. For instance:
-
- ./configure --with-glib=../glib-1.1.12
-
-This, however, will not work if you built GLIB with different
-source and build directories.
-
-
 Installation directories
 ========================
 

Makefile.am

@@ -1,33 +1,21 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
 
-SRC_SUBDIRS = gdk gtk
-SUBDIRS = po $(SRC_SUBDIRS) docs
+SRC_SUBDIRS = glib gdk gtk
+SUBDIRS = $(SRC_SUBDIRS) docs
 
 bin_SCRIPTS = gtk-config
 
 EXTRA_DIST =	\
-	HACKING		\
 	gtk+.spec	\
         gtk.m4          \
 	makecopyright	\
 	TODO		\
-	NEWS.pre-1-0	\
-	ChangeLog.pre-1-0	\
-	README.cvs-commits	\
-	intl/libgettext.h	\
-	intl/po2tbl.sed.in	\
-	examples/Makefile	\
-	examples/README.1ST	\
-	examples/extract.awk	\
-	examples/extract.sh	\
+	examples/README.1ST \
 	examples/aspectframe/Makefile  \
 	examples/aspectframe/aspectframe.c  \
-	examples/base/Makefile	\
-	examples/base/base.c \
 	examples/buttons/Makefile  \
 	examples/buttons/buttons.c  \
 	examples/buttons/info.xpm  \
-	examples/clist/clist.c \
 	examples/entry/Makefile  \
 	examples/entry/entry.c  \
 	examples/eventbox/Makefile  \
@@ -52,8 +40,6 @@ EXTRA_DIST =	\
 	examples/menu/mfmain.h  \
 	examples/notebook/Makefile  \
 	examples/notebook/notebook.c  \
-	examples/packer/Makefile  \
-	examples/packer/pack.c \
 	examples/packbox/Makefile  \
 	examples/packbox/packbox.c  \
 	examples/paned/Makefile  \
@@ -89,7 +75,7 @@ EXTRA_DIST =	\
 m4datadir = $(datadir)/aclocal
 m4data_DATA = gtk.m4
 
-.PHONY: files release sanity snapshot
+.PHONY: files populate checkin release
 
 files:
 	@files=`ls $(DISTFILES) 2> /dev/null `; for p in $$files; do \
@@ -102,13 +88,13 @@ files:
 	  done; \
 	done
 
+populate:
+	@echo "populating project"
+	@files=`$(MAKE) files | grep -v "make\[[1-9]\]"`; prcs populate -d gtk+.prj $$files
+
+checkin: populate
+	@echo "checking in project"
+	@prcs checkin
+
 release:
-	rm -rf .deps */.deps
-	$(MAKE) distcheck
-
-sanity:
-	./sanity_check $(VERSION)
-
-
-snapshot:
 	$(MAKE) dist distdir=$(PACKAGE)`date +"%y%m%d"`

NEWS

@@ -1,223 +1,178 @@
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.12:
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.0.6:
 
-* Korean translation added
-* Fixed memory leaks
-* A few other bug fixes
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.11:
-
-* Dutch, Japanese, Swedish, Polish, and Norwegian translations
-* Removed deprecated _interp variants: gtk_container_foreach_interp, 
-  gtk_idle_add_interp, gtk_timeout_add_interp, gtk_signal_connect_interp
-* Lots of cast corrections
-* Many fixes 
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.9:
-
-* Check for broken glibc 2.0 mb functions and avoid them
-* Label and Entry display fixes 
-* Move main thread back to GDK, for locking when translating events
-* Bug fixes
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.8:
-
-* Added support for gettext and the localization of the standard
-  dialogs.
-* Added line-wrapping for the label, and JUSTIFY_FILL
-* Support reordering via drag and drop in  CList and CTree.
-* Replaced GtkDrawWindow widget with a GTK_USER_DRAW flag
-* Extended gtkpaned API to support minimum sizes and proportional
-  resizing.
-* Changed the handling of shared memory segments so as to 
-  remove the need for GTK+ to set up signal handlers.
-* Re-implemented event loop in terms of the event loop
-  that has been added to GLib 1.1.8
-* Added 'grab_focus' signal to allow keyboard accelerators
-  for entries.
-* Load locale specific RC files if present.
-* Bug fixes.
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.7:
-
-* Fixed memory mis-allocation in default files code
-* Various event handling fixes
-* Wide character support for entry and text
-* Destroy widgets _after_ propagating unrealize signals through 
-  widget heirarchy
-* Only build XIM-support if available
-* Tutorial and examples updates
-* Added gtk_drag_source_unset()
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.6:
-
-* The signal system now features emission hooks whith special semantics,
-  refer to the ChangeLog for this.
-* Minor? speedups and memory reductions to the emission handling of the
-  signal system.
-* _interp() function variants are deprecated now. the corresponding *_full()
-  variants are provided for a long time now.
-* Dnd abort timeout increased to 10 minutes.
-* GtkScrolledWindow inherits from GtkBin now.
-* GTK_POLICY_NEVER is implemented for scrolled windows now.
-* Lots of API clean ups.
-* Incremental freezing abilities.
-* Integrated widgets from the GNOME tree: GtkLayout, GtkPlug and GtkSocket.
-* New window functions for transient relationship, default size, and 
-  geometry hints
-* Default rc files are now read in (<sysconfdir/etc/gtkrc and ~/.gtkrc)
-  GTK_RC_FILES environment variable and functions are provided to configure
-  this behavior
-* Read doc/Changes-1.2.txt to properly adapt your code.
-* Bug Fixes.
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.5:
-
-* Theme integration
-* Widget style modification is now handled through GtkRcStyles
-* GtkPixmaps now grey out pixmaps when insensitive
-* Notebook enhancements
-* Shadow configurability for menubars and handleboxes
-* DND enhancements
-* gtkfilesel now supports automounters better
-* Implementation of expose compression
-* Queued redraws of partial areas
-* Scrolledwindow (+Viewport) source incompatibilities, children that are added
-  to a scrolled window don't get an automatic viewport anymore. a convenience
-  function gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport() is suplied for this task
-* Deprecated functions will now issue a message, informing the programmer about
-  the use of this function. These functions will get removed in future versions
-* Non-functional functions got removed entirely
-* gtk_widget_new() and gtk_object_new() will now auto-construct new objects.
-  A new function gtk_object_default_construct() is provided now which should
-  be called after every gtk_type_new() to perfom the auto-construction
-* Improved argument support of several widgets
-* Bug Fixes
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.3:
-
-* GtkCList/GtkCTree now have the ability to:
-    - hide/show individual columns
-    - disable/enable column resizing
-    - set min and max for column widths
-    - set expander style of the ctree
-    - set/get row and cell styles
-    - set spacing between tree expander and cell contents in ctree
-    - toggle auto_resize for columns
-* Must enhanced DND support, removed old DND code
-* Idle functions are now implemented via GHook, giving a slight speed
-  improvement
-* An environment variable GTK_MODULES which takes a colon seperated
-  list of module names GTK+ will now automatically load at gtk_init() startup
-* GtkFontSel now has support for an extra 'base' filter
-* New function gdk_window_set_root_origin to get the real geometry taking
-  into account window manager offsets
-* New function gtk_text_set_line_wrap to toggle line wrapping
-* New function gtk_widget_add_events which safely adds additional
-  events to a widget's event mask
-* New function gdk_event_get_time to get the timestamp from a generic
-  event
-* New widget GtkCalendar
-* New widget GtkInvisible - InputOnly offscreen windows used for reliable
-  pointer grabs and selection handling in DND code
-* New functions gtk_object_remove_no_notify[_by_id] to remove a certain
-  data portion without invokation of its destroy notifier 
-* gtk_spin_button_construct is now deprecated, use gtk_spin_button_configure
-  instead 
-* gtk_clist_set_border is now deprecated, use gtk_clist_set_shadow_type 
-  instead
-* Removed functions gtk_object_set_data_destroy[_by_id] 
-* Documentation additions/updates 
-* HTML and plain text files are now included in the distribution
-* Bug fixes, typeness corrections, and general fixups
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.2:
-
-* Gtk+ is now featuring runtime loading of dynamic modules via the
-  --gtk-modules= command line switch. such modules have to export a
-  G_MODULE_EXPORT void gtk_module_init (gint *argc, gchar ***argv);
-  function which will be invoked to initialize the module. since such
-  modules may create new widget types, they are always resident.
-* The tutorial has been updated again.
-* Changes to menus including tearoff menus and accelerators.
-* Better support for modal dialogs.
-* Removed CAN_FOCUS by default from scrollbars and button children of toolbar.
-* More improvements and fixes for GtkCList and GtkCTree (i.e. row sorting).
-* GtkCTree rows can be unselectable now.
-* The GtkCTree API has undergone major renames (see ChangeLog entry from Lars
-  Hamann on Tue Aug 18 00:29:13 1998).
-* A bunch of varargs functions changed to get va_lists working on systems that
-  implement va_lists as arrays.
-* Improvements to the gdkrgb code.
-* Improvements to Gdk color handling so we greatly reduce server traffic and
-  don't leak colors anymore.
-* Improved internal widget tree iterators (the GtkContainer::foreach signal
-  vanished because of this).
-* Option menus can have the keyboard focus now.
-* More fixups to the text widget.
+* Minor documentation fixups.
+* Miscellaneous fixes for Entry, Paned, Table and CList widgets.
+* More fixes for GtkText, should behave much more stable now.
 * GtkFileSelection should behave much more nicely in combination with AFS now.
-* Support for label underlining.
-* Support for GLib 1.1.3 log domains.
-* Documentation improvements.
 * Configuration fixes on various platforms.
 * Miscellaneous fixes to XInput support.
 * Build with shared library dependencies on Linux
 * Fix for a major bug in the type systems memory allocation code that could
   cause random crashes.
-* Libtool update to version 1.2b.
-* Lots of bugfixes and cleanups again ;)
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.0.5:
+
+* Minor documentation fixups.
+* Fixes for clist (pixmap clipping), notebook, optionmenu, spinbutton
+  and text widgets.
+* Minor ficup about base class initializations in the type system.
+* Fix for a major bug in the signal code that would cause random crashes.
 
 
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.1:
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.0.4:
 
-* Tutorial updates and additions.
-* Key binding support for GtkListItems and GtkList.
-* Extended selection mode and autoscrolling for GtkLists.
-* A GtkCtree now operates on GtkCTreeNode* structures rather than GList*.
-* GtkCTreeNodes can now be created from GNode trees.
-* Bug fixes for GtkNotebook, GtkCList, GtkCombo and GdkWindow reparentation.
+* Documentation changes (Thanks to Tony Gale!)
+* autoconf fix for x_lib variable
+* fixed pixmap clipping in gtkclist
 
 
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.0:
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.0.3:
+
+* Bug fixes, including fix for visuals on SGI machines
+
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.0.2:
 
-* New widget GtkFontSelector.
-* New featurefull progress bar.
-* New container widget GtkPacker.
-* New object GtkItemFactory, GtkMenuFactory is deprecated.
-* New key binding system, configurable via rcfiles, similar to styles.
-* New widget GtkCTree with drag selections and keyboard movement and
-  and horizontal scrolling. Features also implemented for GtkCList.
-* Significant speedups to widget creation and destruction through caching
-  colormap and visual queries to the XServer.
 * Speedups for type creation and especially gtk_type_is_a() checks.
 * Speedups in signal lookup, creation and emissions and connection handling.
-* Minor speedups with object data allocation and destruction.
 * Additions to the signal handling API (e.g. *_emitv).
-* Support for rc-file reparsing.
-* Resizing logic is now implemented on container widget basis, rather than
-  for toplevel GtkWindows only.
-* Buttons support relief styles now.
-* Some widgets are now allocated through memchunks to behave more memory wise.
+* Minor speedups with object data allocation and destruction.
 * Newly included file gtkfeatures.h which defines compatibility macros to
   test for certain API features upon program compilation.
-* Child arguments support for container widgets.
-* Far better support for object arguments, revamp of the underlying
-  mechanism for speed and reusability. Child/object arguments don't
-  need to be preceeded by the "GtkType::" portion anymore.
-* Removed GtkAcceleratorTable in favour of GtkAccelGroup, accelerator display
-  is now performed by a new widget GtkAccelLabel.
-* Overhaul of the resizing code. Resizing behaviour can now be specified
-  on GtkContainer basis, so the underlying algorithm isn't only available
-  for GtkWindows.
-* GtkTables are now fully resizable.
-* The GtkType system now supports an additional base class initialization
-  function.
-* GtkStyles and key bindings can now be looked up depending on the base
-  types of a widget, through a new keyword `class' in rc files.
-* GtkButton derives from GtkBin (finally).  
-* More descriptive error messages on rc parsing.  
-* Runtime information is available to query enum/flag definition values.
+* Cleanups to give less warnings on 64-bit platforms.
+* Many bugs fixed, including: 
+  - A segfault with selections on Solaris and IRIX.
+  - A segfault that occured for all keypresses on Linux/Alpha.
+
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.0.1:
+
+* Significant speedups to widget creation and destruction
 * Upgrade to libtool-1.2
-* Legions of bug fixes, memory leaks, segfaults, of-by-something errors...
-  including those that already went into the 1.0.x branch.
-* A big bunch of features and cosmetic fixups that just got lost in
-  the masses of changes.
+* Lots of bug fixes, including one that fixed a major memory leak 
+  in 1.0.0.
+
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.0.0:
+
+* A few bug fixes.
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.10:
+
+* Lots of bug fixes
+* Documentation improvements
+* Better looking handlebox
+* A few convenience functions
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.9:
+
+* Added examples directory, even more examples soon
+* Added optional word wrap to gtktext
+* Changes to gtkhandlebox
+* Lots of bug fixes
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.8:
+
+* Compilation and configuration fixes
+* DND Fixes
+* New test in testgtk: cursors
+* Tutorial updates/additions
+* Few more FAQ additions
+* More prep for 1.0
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.7:
+
+* This release is mainly because 0.99.6 did not compile completely
+  due to a missing file.
+* Fixes to Gtk's quit handlers.
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.6:
+
+* Intermediate release to become 1.0.
+* More signedness corrections for handler functions in gtkmain.h.
+* Semantics of GtkWidget::delete_event changed.
+* Documentation updates.
+* Inclusion of Gtk tutorial.
+* Implementation of a new shutdown method for GtkObject's executed prior to
+  actual destruction. WARNING: this breaks binary compatibility, programs using
+  Gtk need to be recompiled.
+* Clean ups due to compiler warnings.
+* Various widget fixes.
+
+Overview of Fixes in GTK+ 0.99.5:
+
+* Signal signedness and naming corrections
+* rc/style fixes
+* text, entry widget fixes
+* gtkeditable fixes
+* scrollbar flickering fixed
+* check casts are more descriptive
+* DND fixes
+* FAQ updates
+* Bug fixes
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.4:
+
+* Reference counting revolution integrated.
+  Refer to docs/refcounting.txt on this issue.
+* Implementation of a decent debugging system, you would want
+  to export GTK_DEBUG=objects if you are going to develop gtk applications,
+  refer to docs/debugging.txt for further information.
+* Additions on the signal code for querying information about certain signals,
+  and pending handlers of signals.
+* Support for user signals, and major changes to internal signal handler
+  handling for proper signal removal and invokation of after signals.
+* Additional signals for various widgets e.g, GtkHandleBox::child_attached,
+  GtkHandleBox::child_detached, GtkWidget::style_set, GtkWidget::parent_set.
+* GtkTooltips became a true descendant of GtkObject via derivation from
+  GtkData and facilitates an extra tip string which can be used as e.g. an
+  index into context help.
+* Split up of the widget/object flags into a private and a public portion,
+  consult docs/widget_system.txt on this.
+* Support for hot keys on gtk programs via gtk_key_snooper_install().
+* Reimplementation of the *_interp functions as *_full functions to provide
+  simple callback functions as well.
+* Idle functions are now prioritized.
+* Many enhancements to GtkNotebook.
+* New widget GtkSpinButton, check out testgtk.
+* New widget GtkTipsQuery for letting the user query tooltips of widgets.
+* Addition of GtkEditable base widget to encapsulate selection and
+  clipboard handling. (GtkEntry and GtkText use this)
+* Text widget more complete.
+* Additions to GtkStatusBar to make it complete.
+* Gdk now supports regions.
+* Access masks for widget arguments (GTK_ARG_READABLE/GTK_ARG_WRITABLE).
+* Function replacements:
+  g_string_hash() -> g_str_hash()
+  g_string_equal() -> g_str_equal()
+  gtk_tooltips_set_tips() -> gtk_tooltips_set_tip()
+* Support for quit handlers in gtk_main().
+* Motif window mangaer hints support.
+* Widget arguments are now flagged for readability/writability.
+* Additions to documentation.
+* Various FAQ updates. (FAQ now included)
+* Clean ups and many many bug fixes by a lot of people all over the place.
+* New, long and descriptive ChangeLog entries for bored readers ;)
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.3:
+
+* Filesel enhancement / stability changes
+* New widget, gtkcombo 
+* Widgets in the toolbar do not get the focus
+* New widget, gtkstatusbar (still in-progress)
+* g_string_equal renamed g_str_equal
+* g_string_hash renamed g_str_hash
+* new gtkbox functions to allow modification of the child 
+  linkage after the widget tree is setup
+* gtk_*_get_arg() and gtk_*_set_arg() fixes and implementations
+* DND changes/fixes
+* Entry widget now has set_max_length function
+* Handlebox widget changes/fixes 
+* Some work on text widget (still in-progress)
+* Now the toolbar supports arbitrary widgets as well
+* CList has resizable columns again
+* CList now looks consistant with scrolled windows
+* Remove flickering from entry widget
+* Added switch_page signal to notebook widget
+* Documentation additions
+* Other bug fixes...

NEWS.pre-1-0

@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.0.0:
-
-* A few bug fixes.
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.10:
-
-* Lots of bug fixes
-* Documentation improvements
-* Better looking handlebox
-* A few convenience functions
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.9:
-
-* Added examples directory, even more examples soon
-* Added optional word wrap to gtktext
-* Changes to gtkhandlebox
-* Lots of bug fixes
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.8:
-
-* Compilation and configuration fixes
-* DND Fixes
-* New test in testgtk: cursors
-* Tutorial updates/additions
-* Few more FAQ additions
-* More prep for 1.0
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.7:
-
-* This release is mainly because 0.99.6 did not compile completely
-  due to a missing file.
-* Fixes to Gtk's quit handlers.
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.6:
-
-* Intermediate release to become 1.0.
-* More signedness corrections for handler functions in gtkmain.h.
-* Semantics of GtkWidget::delete_event changed.
-* Documentation updates.
-* Inclusion of Gtk tutorial.
-* Implementation of a new shutdown method for GtkObject's executed prior to
-  actual destruction. WARNING: this breaks binary compatibility, programs using
-  Gtk need to be recompiled.
-* Clean ups due to compiler warnings.
-* Various widget fixes.
-
-Overview of Fixes in GTK+ 0.99.5:
-
-* Signal signedness and naming corrections
-* rc/style fixes
-* text, entry widget fixes
-* gtkeditable fixes
-* scrollbar flickering fixed
-* check casts are more descriptive
-* DND fixes
-* FAQ updates
-* Bug fixes
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.4:
-
-* Reference counting revolution integrated.
-  Refer to docs/refcounting.txt on this issue.
-* Implementation of a decent debugging system, you would want
-  to export GTK_DEBUG=objects if you are going to develop gtk applications,
-  refer to docs/debugging.txt for further information.
-* Additions on the signal code for querying information about certain signals,
-  and pending handlers of signals.
-* Support for user signals, and major changes to internal signal handler
-  handling for proper signal removal and invokation of after signals.
-* Additional signals for various widgets e.g, GtkHandleBox::child_attached,
-  GtkHandleBox::child_detached, GtkWidget::style_set, GtkWidget::parent_set.
-* GtkTooltips became a true descendant of GtkObject via derivation from
-  GtkData and facilitates an extra tip string which can be used as e.g. an
-  index into context help.
-* Split up of the widget/object flags into a private and a public portion,
-  consult docs/widget_system.txt on this.
-* Support for hot keys on gtk programs via gtk_key_snooper_install().
-* Reimplementation of the *_interp functions as *_full functions to provide
-  simple callback functions as well.
-* Idle functions are now prioritized.
-* Many enhancements to GtkNotebook.
-* New widget GtkSpinButton, check out testgtk.
-* New widget GtkTipsQuery for letting the user query tooltips of widgets.
-* Addition of GtkEditable base widget to encapsulate selection and
-  clipboard handling. (GtkEntry and GtkText use this)
-* Text widget more complete.
-* Additions to GtkStatusBar to make it complete.
-* Gdk now supports regions.
-* Access masks for widget arguments (GTK_ARG_READABLE/GTK_ARG_WRITABLE).
-* Function replacements:
-  g_string_hash() -> g_str_hash()
-  g_string_equal() -> g_str_equal()
-  gtk_tooltips_set_tips() -> gtk_tooltips_set_tip()
-* Support for quit handlers in gtk_main().
-* Motif window mangaer hints support.
-* Widget arguments are now flagged for readability/writability.
-* Additions to documentation.
-* Various FAQ updates. (FAQ now included)
-* Clean ups and many many bug fixes by a lot of people all over the place.
-* New, long and descriptive ChangeLog entries for bored readers ;)
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.3:
-
-* Filesel enhancement / stability changes
-* New widget, gtkcombo 
-* Widgets in the toolbar do not get the focus
-* New widget, gtkstatusbar (still in-progress)
-* g_string_equal renamed g_str_equal
-* g_string_hash renamed g_str_hash
-* new gtkbox functions to allow modification of the child 
-  linkage after the widget tree is setup
-* gtk_*_get_arg() and gtk_*_set_arg() fixes and implementations
-* DND changes/fixes
-* Entry widget now has set_max_length function
-* Handlebox widget changes/fixes 
-* Some work on text widget (still in-progress)
-* Now the toolbar supports arbitrary widgets as well
-* CList has resizable columns again
-* CList now looks consistant with scrolled windows
-* Remove flickering from entry widget
-* Added switch_page signal to notebook widget
-* Documentation additions
-* Other bug fixes...

README

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 General Information
 ===================
 
-This is GTK+ version 1.1.12.   GTK+, which stands for the Gimp ToolKit, 
+This is GTK+ version 1.0.6.   GTK+, which stands for the Gimp ToolKit, 
 is a library for creating graphical user interfaces for the X Window 
 System. It is designed to be small, efficient, and flexible. GTK+ is 
 written in C with a very object-oriented approach.

README.cvs-commits

@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-GTK+ is part of the GNOME CVS repository. At the current time, any
-person with write access to the GNOME repository, can make changes to
-GTK+. This is a good thing, in that it encourages many people to work
-on GTK+, and progress can be made quickly. However, GTK+ is a fairly
-large and complicated package that many other things depend on, so to
-avoid unnecessary breakage, and to take advantage of the knowledge
-about GTK+ that has been built up over the last 18 months, we'd like
-to ask people commiting to GTK+ to follow a few rules:
-
-0) Ask first. If your changes are major, or could possibly break existing
-   code, you should always ask. If your change is minor and you've
-   been working on GTK+ for a while it probably isn't necessary
-   to ask. But when in doubt, ask. Even if your change is correct,
-   somebody may know a better way to do things.
-
-   If you are making changes to GTK+, you should be subscribed
-   to gtk-devel-list@redhat.com. (Subscription address:  
-   gtk-devel-list-request@redhat.com.) This is a good place to ask
-   about intended changes. 
-
-   If you just want to make a trivial change, and don't want to subscribe, 
-   you can also mail gtk-bugs@gtk.org. Or, alternatively, you can look in 
-   the ChangeLog for somebody who has been making changes to the file 
-   you want to change and email them.
-
-   #gimp on byxnet (irc.gimp.org, irc2.gimp.org, irc3.gimp.org, 
-   irc.germany.gimp.org...)s also a good place to find GTK+ developers to
-   discuss changes with, however, email to gtk-devel-list is the most
-   certain and preferred method.
-
-1) Ask _first_.
-
-2) There must be a ChangeLog for every commit. (If you discover that
-   you only committed half the files you meant to and need to fix that
-   up, or something, you don't need a new ChangeLog entry. But in general,
-   ChangeLog entries are mandatory.) Changes with out ChangeLog entries
-   will be reverted.
-
-3) There _must_ be a ChangeLog for every commit.
-
-Notes:
-
-* If you are going to be changing many files in an experimental fashion,
-  it probably is a good idea to create a separate branch for your changes.
-
-* The ChangeLog entries should preferrably match in date format
-  with the existing entries. You can set how emacs does this
-  by using customize mode:
-
-  - M-x customize
-  - set Programming/Tools/ChangeLog/Add Log Time Format to
-    'Old Format'
-
- Or, set the add-log-time-format to 'current-time-string in
- your .emacs file.
-
-Owen Taylor
-13 Aug 1998
-
-
-
-
-

TODO

@@ -1,34 +1,71 @@
-For 1.2.0 release:
--	remove deprecated functions from *.[hc] files.
--	finish composite child stuff.
--	implement constructor functionality for all widgets.
-	
 Bugs:
+ * Scrolled windows (GtkList?) get cought in an endless reallocation loop
+   under certain (rare) circumstances.
+
+ * Widget redrawing when the window resizes sometimes messes up.
+   GtkLabels sometimes redraw without clearing up the underlying background on
+   window resizes.
+ 
+ * delay dnd settings to take effect once a widget is realized, this is
+   to avoid force realizations. i think this goes along with owens dnd
+   changes?
+    -timj
+   The way DND data types are set in GtkWidget really needs to be fixed.
+   This is pretty high on my priority list, and I'll get to it as soon as
+   the column list widget is done.  The correct way dnd data needs to be set
+   is to have a additional keyed data type with GtkWidget, which is applied to
+   the widget's window upon realize.
+   There also needs to be a way to set dnd-data on widget windows which are
+   not the main window (for widgets that create more than one window).
+    -Jay Painter
+   DnD seems to work for me, but yes, there needs to be some sort of
+   gtk_widget layer that makes it easier... Also, adding support for drop
+   zones might be nice.
+    -Elliot
+   This one is reproducabel for me:
+   testgtk --sync
+   popup colorselection
+   drag/drop works
+   start up preview color
+   drag works but not dropping
+   end preview color
+   drag/drop works
+   start up prewiev color
+   segfault in malloc
+    -timj
+
  * Change bitfields to guints from enums, or vice versa?
 
- * MappingNotify events produce warnings.
-
- * the type system (gtktypeutils.c) has to handle creations of fundamental
-   types seperatedly from derived types, so we don't screw foreign
-   fundamental types with an already extensively increased seqno.
- 
- * A filter function which destroys the GDK window it is filtering
-   events on is bad news.
+ * Expose events aren't being generated correctly for DND demo
 
 Additions:
- * focus handling for GtkOptionMenu (needs the previous)
-
- * implement gtk_default_draw_oval and other missing things in gtkstyle.c.
+ * GScanner: it might be good to ues stdio and getch() instead of 1-character
+   reads. so one can take advantage of buffering. Currently each read() takes
+   a separate syscall.
+   
+ * implement gtk_default_draw_oval
  
  * Lists should scroll to center the recently selected item if it isn't
    visible.
 
  * enforce invariants on *_RESIZE* and *_REDRAW* flags.
 
+ * asure that child widgets are really get gtk_widget_destroy()ed in their
+   parents destroy handler, and not just unparented or somesuch.
+
  * GtkToolTips:
    allocate GtkTooltipsData from memchunks
    look into incorporation of outdated/gtk-dairiki-971208-[01].patch.gz
                           
+ * Make widget attributes configurable after the widget is created (timj).
+
+ * Change gtk_widget_propagate_default_style() mechanism to
+   void gtk_rc_string_export (const gchar *rc_additions,
+                              gboolean     override_rc_styles);
+
+ * Should release grab before activating menu item (and remove
+   menu from screen?)
+ 
  * Make all widget attributes configurable after the widget is created (timj).
  
  * Widgets dervied from GtkButton need to be able to override
@@ -38,10 +75,18 @@ Additions:
  
  * Radio buttons need to display CAN/HAS_DEFAULT correctly.
 
- * Seperate GtkObject, type and signaling system from Gdk dependancies,
-   by moving them into a seperate libgtkobj.
+ * GtkCList improvements. (Jay Painter)
+
+ * Seperate GtkObject and signaling system from Gdk dependancies?
+  
  * move *_input_add (wrappers for select(2)) mechanism into glib.
 
+ * Make sure a widget added to a list is a list item and a widget added
+   to a menu is a menu item, etc. GTK_BASIC was a first attempt at this,
+   but it fails with subsequent container_add()s. maybe have another
+   GTK_PARENT_BASIC (similar to GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE) flag, to prevent
+   tree iterations upon every container addition.
+
  * gdk_expose_compress: ala-Xt, this would really help for opaque moves and
    such
 
@@ -53,6 +98,14 @@ Additions:
 
  * More dialogs: Print, GtkFontSelector, maybe others...
 
+ * Multiple document interface (MDI)?
+
+ * Support another widget style? Should be possible using GtkStyle's, but
+   there may be some work needed to remove any style dependencies in widget
+   code. Maybe GtkStyle's should have 'draw_push_button', 'draw_check_button',
+   etc, functions to draw the various widgets.
+   This will be covered by upcoming themability, raster is working on it.
+ 
  * make the gtk_main callbacks consistent in their add/remove behaviour.
  
  * More work on Documentation
@@ -63,7 +116,7 @@ Additions:
    retrieve X values, and so they don't have to know the value of the
    XNxxx character constants.
 
- * The "--geometry" option should be supported
+ * The "-geometry" option should be supported
 
   - Having gdk_init() parse the geometry option. (putting it into
     GDK means you can use XParseGeometry() without wrapping it)
@@ -107,12 +160,20 @@ Additions:
     gtk_toolbar_insert_element
     gtk_widget_dnd_data_set (should be guchar * with a copy?
                              shouldn't be there at all...)
+    ??? GtkDrawingarea.draw_data
  
+ * gtk_rc_add_[name/class]_style are broken for bg pixmaps, because
+   styles are broken for bg pixmaps, and RC styles only hack around
+   that.
+
  * Try to rationally deal with someone else deleting one of our
    windows??? This would mean keeping track of our window heirarchy
    ourselves, for one thing, and will never be safe, because of
    race conditions.
 
+ * --g-fatal-warnings flag that does 
+        g_set_warning_handler ((GWarningHandler)g_error);
+
  * If a window spontaneously resizes itself N times before any
    ConfigureNotify events are received, then due to the interaction
    of the ConfigureNotify compression code in GDK and the resize
@@ -126,17 +187,26 @@ Additions:
  * Generic ScrolledWindow interface, which provide automatic scrollbar
    capability to Viewport, Text, and CList widgets.
 
- * GTK_POLICY_NEVER for scrolled windows.
+   GTK_POLICY_NEVER for scrolled windows.
 
  * Consider caching more state in GdkWindowPrivate. Currently, 
    every widget realization involves a XGetGeometry and a
    XGetWindowAttributes. And every GdkWindow destruction
    involves a XQueryTree.
 
+ * Scrolled windows need to be smarter about when they size-request/allocate
+   their children. In particular, we should not be queuing the resizes
+   on the toplevel window, but on the Viewport.
+
  * Should all the default handlers really return FALSE? This can
    cause confusing presses to be sent to containers that actually
    want to get events on themselves.
 
+ * Fix block_resize, disable_resize.
+
+ * Buttons's should derive from Bin's. (GTK 2.0 change, breaks
+   lots of stuff)
+
 Text/Edit widget:
 
   Bugs:
@@ -208,63 +278,3 @@ Text/Edit widget:
 
   - "changed" emitted when doing deletes on empty Text widget.
 
-  - Delete IC in editable->unrealize, not editable->finalize?
-
-Themes
-======
-
- - When a scale gets shown/hidden only queue a redraw on the
-   non-window portion, not the whole area.
-
- - In various places, to avoid shaping windows excessively,
-   we set parent relative backgrounds. This is an ugly
-   hack and needs a better solution. Plus, I don't think
-   these parent-relative backgrounds always persist to
-   when they are actually needed.
-
-   Such calls exist in: GtkButton, GtkHandeBox, GtkItem,
-   GtkListItem, GtkMenu, GtkMenuItem, GtkMisc, 
-   GtkNoteBook, GtkOptionMenu, GtkPaned, GtkPreview,
-   GtkSpinButton and GtkTreeItem.
-
- - For menus and for GtkWindow's, the realize() function
-   calls paint(), so that background pixmaps can be set
-   ahead of time, and prevent flashing when the window is
-   shown. This is an ugly hack and needs a better solution.
-
-=======
-
-Calendar Widget:
-
- - The widget should be nicely resizeable vertical too.
-
- - CALENDAR_MARGIN should be removed, uses INNER_BORDER and
-   style->class->[xy]thickness insted.
-
- - Flag to choose between using standard three letter abbreviated
-   weekday name or just the first character from it. It looks like
-   that is what most other calendar-widgets do.
-
- - Arrows should resize with the header-font.
-
- - The keyboard support has to be finished.
-
-DND
-===
-
- - Use a cursor instead of an ICON when over Motif windows,
-   to get rid of the current junk that Motif leaves because
-   of it's XCopyArea stupidity for doing highlighting.
-
- - Add a GTK_DRAG_VERIFY target flag and a "drag_data_verify"   
-   signal so that apps can easily check if a, say, 
-   text/uri-list URL looks OK during the drop.
-
- - Check more for memory leaks.
-
- - Drag and drop for Entry and Text widgets.
-
- - Send synthetic motion events on structure changes so 
-   drag_enter/leave get sent properly. (See the popup
-   in testdnd)
-

acconfig.h

@@ -15,27 +15,22 @@
 
 
 /* Other stuff */
-#undef ENABLE_NLS
-#undef GTK_COMPILED_WITH_DEBUGGING
-
-#undef HAVE_CATGETS
-#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
 #undef HAVE_IPC_H
-#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
 #undef HAVE_SHM_H
-#undef HAVE_STPCPY
 #undef HAVE_XSHM_H
 #undef HAVE_SHAPE_EXT
 #undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
-#undef HAVE_XCONVERTCASE
+
+/* some systems do not allow to ipcrm pages prior to
+ * actual usage, namely: OSF1 V3.2, SunOS 4.1.1, 5.5, 5.5.1, 5.6,
+ * IRIX 5.2 and 6.2.
+ */
+#undef IPC_RMID_DEFERRED_RELEASE
 
 #undef NO_FD_SET
 
 #undef RESOURCE_BASE
 
-/* Define to enable POSIX threading awareness */
-#undef USE_PTHREADS
-
 #undef XINPUT_NONE
 #undef XINPUT_GXI
 #undef XINPUT_XFREE

acinclude.m4

@@ -1,591 +0,0 @@
-## libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the target system. -*-Shell-script-*-
-## Copyright (C) 1996-1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-## Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
-##
-## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-## (at your option) any later version.
-##
-## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-## WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-## General Public License for more details.
-##
-## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-##
-## As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-## distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-## configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-## the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# serial 24 AM_PROG_LIBTOOL
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LIBTOOL,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_ENABLE_SHARED])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_ENABLE_STATIC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_LD])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_NM])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl
-dnl
-# Always use our own libtool.
-LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
-AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl
-
-# Check for any special flags to pass to ltconfig.
-libtool_flags=
-test "$enable_shared" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-shared"
-test "$enable_static" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-static"
-test "$silent" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --silent"
-test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gcc"
-test "$ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gnu-ld"
-
-# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
-# libtool support.
-case "$host" in
-*-*-irix6*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-    case "`/usr/bin/file conftest.o`" in
-    *32-bit*)
-      LD="${LD-ld} -32"
-      ;;
-    *N32*)
-      LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
-      ;;
-    *64-bit*)
-      LD="${LD-ld} -64"
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-
-*-*-sco3.2v5*)
-  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
-  ;;
-esac
-
-# Actually configure libtool.  ac_aux_dir is where install-sh is found.
-CC="$CC" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" \
-LD="$LD" NM="$NM" RANLIB="$RANLIB" LN_S="$LN_S" \
-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_aux_dir/ltconfig \
-$libtool_flags --no-verify $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh $host \
-|| AC_MSG_ERROR([libtool configure failed])
-])
-
-# AM_ENABLE_SHARED - implement the --enable-shared flag
-# Usage: AM_ENABLE_SHARED[(DEFAULT)]
-#   Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to
-#   `yes'.
-AC_DEFUN(AM_ENABLE_SHARED,
-[define([AM_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
-changequote(<<, >>)dnl
-<<  --enable-shared         build shared libraries [default=>>AM_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT]
-changequote([, ])dnl
-[  --enable-shared=PKGS    only build shared libraries if the current package
-                          appears as an element in the PKGS list],
-[p=${PACKAGE-default}
-case "$enableval" in
-yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
-no) enable_shared=no ;;
-*)
-  enable_shared=no
-  # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:,"
-  for pkg in $enableval; do
-    if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-      enable_shared=yes
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-  ;;
-esac],
-enable_shared=AM_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)dnl
-])
-
-# AM_DISABLE_SHARED - set the default shared flag to --disable-shared
-AC_DEFUN(AM_DISABLE_SHARED,
-[AM_ENABLE_SHARED(no)])
-
-# AM_DISABLE_STATIC - set the default static flag to --disable-static
-AC_DEFUN(AM_DISABLE_STATIC,
-[AM_ENABLE_STATIC(no)])
-
-# AM_ENABLE_STATIC - implement the --enable-static flag
-# Usage: AM_ENABLE_STATIC[(DEFAULT)]
-#   Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to
-#   `yes'.
-AC_DEFUN(AM_ENABLE_STATIC,
-[define([AM_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(static,
-changequote(<<, >>)dnl
-<<  --enable-static         build static libraries [default=>>AM_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT]
-changequote([, ])dnl
-[  --enable-static=PKGS    only build shared libraries if the current package
-                          appears as an element in the PKGS list],
-[p=${PACKAGE-default}
-case "$enableval" in
-yes) enable_static=yes ;;
-no) enable_static=no ;;
-*)
-  enable_static=no
-  # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:,"
-  for pkg in $enableval; do
-    if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-      enable_static=yes
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-  ;;
-esac],
-enable_static=AM_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)dnl
-])
-
-
-# AM_PROG_LD - find the path to the GNU or non-GNU linker
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LD,
-[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
-[  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
-test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-ac_prog=ld
-if test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes; then
-  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
-  ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5`
-  case "$ac_prog" in
-  # Accept absolute paths.
-  /* | [A-Za-z]:\\*)
-    test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
-    ;;
-  "")
-    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
-    ac_prog=ld
-    ;;
-  *)
-    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
-    with_gnu_ld=unknown
-    ;;
-  esac
-elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
-else
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
-fi
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_LD,
-[if test -z "$LD"; then
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog"; then
-      ac_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
-      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
-      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
-      if "$ac_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
-      else
-        test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-else
-  ac_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-fi])
-LD="$ac_cv_path_LD"
-if test -n "$LD"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
-AC_SUBST(LD)
-AM_PROG_LD_GNU
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LD_GNU,
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
-[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
-  ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
-else
-  ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
-fi])
-])
-
-# AM_PROG_NM - find the path to a BSD-compatible name lister
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_NM,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for BSD-compatible nm])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_NM,
-[case "$NM" in
-/* | [A-Za-z]:\\*)
-  ac_cv_path_NM="$NM" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-*)
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in /usr/ucb /usr/ccs/bin $PATH /bin; do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/nm; then
-      # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
-      # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
-      #   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
-      if ($ac_dir/nm -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then
-        ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -B"
-      elif ($ac_dir/nm -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then
-        ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -p"
-      else
-        ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm"
-      fi
-      break
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-  test -z "$ac_cv_path_NM" && ac_cv_path_NM=nm
-  ;;
-esac])
-NM="$ac_cv_path_NM"
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$NM])
-AC_SUBST(NM)
-])
-
-# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-#
-# Modified to never use included libintl. 
-# Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>, 12/15/1998
-#
-#
-# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
-# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
-# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
-# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
-
-# serial 5
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_GTK_WITH_NLS,
-  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
-    dnl Default is enabled NLS
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
-      [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
-      USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
-    AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
-
-    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-
-    dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
-    if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
-#      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
-#      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
-#        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
-#        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
-#        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
-#      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
-      nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext="no"
-
-      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
-      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
-        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
-        dnl to use.  If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
-        dnl use this.  Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
-	dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
-	nls_cv_header_intl=
-	nls_cv_header_libgt=
-	CATOBJEXT=NONE
-
-	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
-	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
-	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
-	       gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
-
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
-	     AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
-	       [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
-		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
-		 [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext,
-		  gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
-		  gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)],
-		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])
-	   fi
-
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
-	      || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
-	      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
-	      AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-		[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
-	      if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
-		AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
-		AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-		AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-		  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-		AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-			       return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
-		  [CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-		   DATADIRNAME=share],
-		  [CATOBJEXT=.mo
-		   DATADIRNAME=lib])
-		INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-	      fi
-	    fi
-
-	    # Added by Martin Baulig 12/15/98 for libc5 systems
-	    if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes" \
-	       && test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
-	       INTLLIBS=-lintl
-	       LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-	    fi
-	])
-
-        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
-	  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
-	  AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
-	    [  --with-catgets          use catgets functions if available],
-	    nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
-
-	  if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
-	    dnl No gettext in C library.  Try catgets next.
-	    AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
-	    AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
-	      [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
-	       INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
-	       AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
-#	       if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
-#		 AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
-#		 if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
-#		   AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
-#		    [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
-#		 fi
-#		 AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-#		   [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-#		 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-#		 CATOBJEXT=.cat
-#		 INSTOBJEXT=.cat
-#		 DATADIRNAME=lib
-#		 INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
-#		 INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
-#		 LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-#		 nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-#		 nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-#              fi
-            ])
-	  fi
-        fi
-
-        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
-	  dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
-	  dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
-	  nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
-        fi
-      fi
-
-      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
-        AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
-#      else
-#        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
-#        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
-#        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-#	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
-#        AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-#        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-#	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-#        AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
-#	USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-#        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-#        INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-#        DATADIRNAME=share
-#	INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
-#	INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
-#	LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-#        nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-#        nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-      fi
-
-      dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
-      if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
-	dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
-	dnl Makefiles still can work.
-	if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
-	  : ;
-	else
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
-	    [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
-	  XGETTEXT=":"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      # We need to process the po/ directory.
-      POSUB=po
-    else
-      DATADIRNAME=share
-      nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-      nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-    fi
-    AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
-    AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(
-     [case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*)
-        sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile
-      esac])
-
-
-#    # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
-#    # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
-#    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
-#      USE_NLS=yes
-#      USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-#    fi
-
-    dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal.  While doing this
-    dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
-    dnl in configure.in.
-    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-      GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
-      POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
-    done
-
-    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
-    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
-    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
-    AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
-    AC_SUBST(POFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(POSUB)
-  ])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_GTK_GNU_GETTEXT,
-  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
-
-   AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
-unistd.h sys/param.h])
-   AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
-strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
-
-   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
-     AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
-   fi
-   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
-     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
-   fi
-
-   AM_LC_MESSAGES
-   AM_GTK_WITH_NLS
-
-   if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
-     if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
-       LINGUAS=
-     else
-       AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
-       NEW_LINGUAS=
-       for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
-         case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
-          *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
-         esac
-       done
-       LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
-       AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
-     fi
-
-     dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
-     if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
-       for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
-     fi
-   fi
-
-   dnl The reference to <locale.h> in the installed <libintl.h> file
-   dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this
-   dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H.
-   if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
-     INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
-   else
-     INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
-/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>.  Take care yourself.  */"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H)
-
-   dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
-   dnl For now we know about two different formats:
-   dnl   Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
-   test -d intl || mkdir intl
-   if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
-     AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
-
-     dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
-     dnl cannot handle comments.
-     sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
-   fi
-   dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
-   sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
-     $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
-
-   dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
-   dnl only sense for gettext.  We comment this out for non-gettext
-   dnl packages.
-   if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
-     GT_NO="#NO#"
-     GT_YES=
-   else
-     GT_NO=
-     GT_YES="#YES#"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
-   AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
-
-   dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
-   dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
-   dnl Try to locate is.
-   MKINSTALLDIRS=
-   if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
-
-   dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real.
-   l=
-   AC_SUBST(l)
-
-   dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
-   dnl be included in po/Makefile.
-   test -d po || mkdir po
-   if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
-     if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
-       posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
-     else
-       posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
-     fi
-   else
-     posrcprefix="../"
-   fi
-   rm -f po/POTFILES
-   sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*,	$posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
-	< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
-  ])
-

autogen.sh

@@ -1,20 +1,11 @@
 #!/bin/sh
 # Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc.
 
-srcdir=`dirname $0`
-test -z "$srcdir" && srcdir=.
-
-ORIGDIR=`pwd`
-cd $srcdir
-PROJECT=Gtk+
-TEST_TYPE=-d
-FILE=gdk
-
 DIE=0
 
 (autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
 	echo
-	echo "You must have autoconf installed to compile $PROJECT."
+	echo "You must have autoconf installed to compile GTK+."
 	echo "Download the appropriate package for your distribution,"
 	echo "or get the source tarball at ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/"
 	DIE=1
@@ -22,15 +13,15 @@ DIE=0
 
 (libtool --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
 	echo
-	echo "You must have libtool installed to compile $PROJECT."
-	echo "Get ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/libtool-1.2b.tar.gz"
+	echo "You must have libtool installed to compile GTK+."
+	echo "Get ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/libtool-1.0h.tar.gz"
 	echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
 	DIE=1
 }
 
 (automake --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
 	echo
-	echo "You must have automake installed to compile $PROJECT."
+	echo "You must have automake installed to compile GTK+."
 	echo "Get ftp://ftp.cygnus.com/pub/home/tromey/automake-1.2d.tar.gz"
 	echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
 	DIE=1
@@ -40,8 +31,8 @@ if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then
 	exit 1
 fi
 
-test $TEST_TYPE $FILE || {
-	echo "You must run this script in the top-level $PROJECT directory"
+(test -d gtk && test -d glib) || {
+	echo "You must run this script in the top-level GTK+ directory"
 	exit 1
 }
 
@@ -50,45 +41,12 @@ if test -z "$*"; then
         echo "to pass any to it, please specify them on the $0 command line."
 fi
 
-case $CC in
-*xlc | *xlc\ * | *lcc | *lcc\ *) am_opt=--include-deps;;
-esac
-
-if test -z "$ACLOCAL_FLAGS"; then
-
-	acdir=`aclocal --print-ac-dir`
-        m4list="glib.m4 gettext.m4"
-
-	for file in $m4list
-	do
-		if [ ! -f "$acdir/$file" ]; then
-			echo "WARNING: aclocal's directory is $acdir, but..."
-			echo "         no file $acdir/$file"
-			echo "         You may see fatal macro warnings below."
-			echo "         If these files are installed in /some/dir, set the ACLOCAL_FLAGS "
-			echo "         environment variable to \"-I /some/dir\", or install"
-			echo "         $acdir/$file."
-			echo ""
-		fi
-	done
-fi
-
-echo "Running gettextize...  Ignore non-fatal messages."
-# Hmm, we specify --force here, since otherwise things dont'
-# get added reliably, but we don't want to overwrite intl
-# while making dist.
-echo "no" | gettextize --copy --force
-
-aclocal $ACLOCAL_FLAGS
-
-# optionally feature autoheader
-(autoheader --version)  < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 && autoheader
-
-automake $am_opt
-autoconf
-cd $ORIGDIR
-
-$srcdir/configure "$@"
+for i in glib .
+do 
+  echo processing $i
+  (cd $i; aclocal; automake; autoconf)
+done
+./configure "$@"
 
 echo 
-echo "Now type 'make' to compile $PROJECT."
+echo "Now type 'make' to compile GTK+."

config.guess

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
-#   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -478,10 +478,10 @@ EOF
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
 	exit 0 ;;
     i*:CYGWIN*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin32
+	echo i386-pc-cygwin32
 	exit 0 ;;
     i*:MINGW*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
+	echo i386-pc-mingw32
 	exit 0 ;;
     p*:CYGWIN*:*)
 	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin32
@@ -493,12 +493,6 @@ EOF
 	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
 	exit 0 ;;
     *:Linux:*:*)
-	# uname on the ARM produces all sorts of strangeness, and we need to
-	# filter it out.
-	case "$UNAME_MACHINE" in
-	  arm* | sa110*)	      UNAME_MACHINE="arm" ;;
-	esac
-
 	# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
 	# first see if it will tell us.
 	ld_help_string=`ld --help 2>&1`
@@ -512,7 +506,6 @@ EOF
 	  i?86linux)  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"      ; exit 0 ;;
 	  i?86coff)   echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"      ; exit 0 ;;
 	  sparclinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
-	  armlinux)   echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
 	  m68klinux)  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
 	  elf32ppc)   echo "powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu"              ; exit 0 ;;
 	esac

config.h.in

@@ -1,48 +1,14 @@
 /* config.h.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader.  */
 
-/* Define if using alloca.c.  */
-#undef C_ALLOCA
-
 /* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
 #undef const
 
-/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
-   This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems.  */
-#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
-
-/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro.  */
-#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
-
-/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).  */
-#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
-
 /* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call.  */
 #undef HAVE_MMAP
 
-/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it.  */
-#undef inline
-
-/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
-#undef off_t
-
-/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work.  */
-#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
-
 /* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
 #undef RETSIGTYPE
 
-/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
-#undef size_t
-
-/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
-   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
-   automatically deduced at run-time.
- STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
- STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
- STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
- */
-#undef STACK_DIRECTION
-
 /* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
 #undef STDC_HEADERS
 
@@ -50,22 +16,22 @@
 #undef X_DISPLAY_MISSING
 
 /* Other stuff */
-#undef ENABLE_NLS
-#undef GTK_COMPILED_WITH_DEBUGGING
-
-#undef HAVE_CATGETS
-#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
 #undef HAVE_IPC_H
-#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
 #undef HAVE_SHM_H
-#undef HAVE_STPCPY
 #undef HAVE_XSHM_H
 #undef HAVE_SHAPE_EXT
 #undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
-#undef HAVE_XCONVERTCASE
+
+/* some systems do not allow to ipcrm pages prior to
+ * actual usage, namely: OSF1 V3.2, SunOS 4.1.1, 5.5, 5.5.1, 5.6,
+ * IRIX 5.2 and 6.2.
+ */
+#undef IPC_RMID_DEFERRED_RELEASE
 
 #undef NO_FD_SET
 
+#undef RESOURCE_BASE
+
 #undef XINPUT_NONE
 #undef XINPUT_GXI
 #undef XINPUT_XFREE
@@ -73,83 +39,8 @@
 /* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
 #undef RETSIGTYPE
 
-/* Define if you have the __argz_count function.  */
-#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
-
-/* Define if you have the __argz_next function.  */
-#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
-
-/* Define if you have the __argz_stringify function.  */
-#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
-
-/* Define if you have the broken_wctype function.  */
-#undef HAVE_BROKEN_WCTYPE
-
-/* Define if you have the dcgettext function.  */
-#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
-
-/* Define if you have the getcwd function.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETCWD
-
 /* Define if you have the getpagesize function.  */
 #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
 
-/* Define if you have the munmap function.  */
-#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
-
-/* Define if you have the putenv function.  */
-#undef HAVE_PUTENV
-
-/* Define if you have the setenv function.  */
-#undef HAVE_SETENV
-
-/* Define if you have the setlocale function.  */
-#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
-
-/* Define if you have the stpcpy function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STPCPY
-
-/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
-
-/* Define if you have the strchr function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRCHR
-
-/* Define if you have the strdup function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRDUP
-
-/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRING_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-
 /* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file.  */
 #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <wchar.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_WCHAR_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <wctype.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
-
-/* Define if you have the i library (-li).  */
-#undef HAVE_LIBI
-
-/* Define if you have the intl library (-lintl).  */
-#undef HAVE_LIBINTL

config.sub

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Configuration validation subroutine script, version 1.1.
-#   Copyright (C) 1991, 92-97, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
 # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
 # can handle that machine.  It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
 	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
 	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
-	i[34567]86)
+	i[3456]86)
 	  basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
 	  ;;
 	# Object if more than one company name word.
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		exit 1
 		;;
 	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
-	vax-* | tahoe-* | i[34567]86-* | i860-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \
+	vax-* | tahoe-* | i[3456]86-* | i860-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \
 	      | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | arm-* | c[123]* \
 	      | mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* \
 	      | power-* | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | i960-* \
@@ -350,19 +350,19 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		os=-mvs
 		;;
 # I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means.  Should this be sysv3.2?
-	i[34567]86v32)
+	i[3456]86v32)
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
 		os=-sysv32
 		;;
-	i[34567]86v4*)
+	i[3456]86v4*)
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
 		os=-sysv4
 		;;
-	i[34567]86v)
+	i[3456]86v)
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
 		os=-sysv
 		;;
-	i[34567]86sol2)
+	i[3456]86sol2)
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
 		os=-solaris2
 		;;
@@ -469,23 +469,25 @@ case $basic_machine in
         pc532 | pc532-*)
 		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
 		;;
-	pentium | p5 | k5 | nexen)
-		basic_machine=i586-pc
+	pentium | p5)
+		basic_machine=i586-intel
 		;;
-	pentiumpro | p6 | k6 | 6x86)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
+	pentiumpro | p6)
+		basic_machine=i686-intel
 		;;
-	pentiumii | pentium2)
-		basic_machine=i786-pc
-		;;
-	pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | nexen-*)
+	pentium-* | p5-*)
 		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
 		;;
-	pentiumpro-* | p6-* | k6-* | 6x86-*)
+	pentiumpro-* | p6-*)
 		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
 		;;
-	pentiumii-* | pentium2-*)
-		basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+	k5)
+		# We don't have specific support for AMD's K5 yet, so just call it a Pentium
+		basic_machine=i586-amd
+		;;
+	nexen)
+		# We don't have specific support for Nexgen yet, so just call it a Pentium
+		basic_machine=i586-nexgen
 		;;
 	pn)
 		basic_machine=pn-gould

configure.in

@@ -4,47 +4,29 @@ AC_INIT(gdk/gdktypes.h)
 # Save this value here, since automake will set cflags later
 cflags_set=${CFLAGS+set}
 
-# Making releases:
-#   GTK_MICRO_VERSION += 1;
-#   GTK_INTERFACE_AGE += 1;
-#   GTK_BINARY_AGE += 1;
-# if any functions have been added, set GTK_INTERFACE_AGE to 0.
-# if backwards compatibility has been broken,
-# set GTK_BINARY_AGE and GTK_INTERFACE_AGE to 0.
-#
 GTK_MAJOR_VERSION=1
-GTK_MINOR_VERSION=1
-GTK_MICRO_VERSION=12
-GTK_INTERFACE_AGE=1
-GTK_BINARY_AGE=1
+GTK_MINOR_VERSION=0
+GTK_MICRO_VERSION=6
 GTK_VERSION=$GTK_MAJOR_VERSION.$GTK_MINOR_VERSION.$GTK_MICRO_VERSION
-AC_SUBST(GTK_MAJOR_VERSION)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_MINOR_VERSION)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_MICRO_VERSION)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_INTERFACE_AGE)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_BINARY_AGE)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_VERSION)
-
-# libtool versioning
-LT_RELEASE=$GTK_MAJOR_VERSION.$GTK_MINOR_VERSION
-LT_CURRENT=`expr $GTK_MICRO_VERSION - $GTK_INTERFACE_AGE`
-LT_REVISION=$GTK_INTERFACE_AGE
-LT_AGE=`expr $GTK_BINARY_AGE - $GTK_INTERFACE_AGE`
-AC_SUBST(LT_RELEASE)
-AC_SUBST(LT_CURRENT)
-AC_SUBST(LT_REVISION)
-AC_SUBST(LT_AGE)
 
 # For automake.
 VERSION=$GTK_VERSION
 PACKAGE=gtk+
 
-# Save this value here, since automake will set cflags later
-cflags_set=${CFLAGS+set}
+# Configure glib
+AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS(glib)
 
 dnl Initialize automake stuff
 AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE($PACKAGE, $VERSION, no-define)
 
+AC_SUBST(GTK_MAJOR_VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_MINOR_VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_MICRO_VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_VERSION)
+
+# Save this value here, since automake will set cflags later
+cflags_set=${CFLAGS+set}
+
 # Specify a configuration file
 AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
 
@@ -61,86 +43,50 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(shm, [  --enable-shm            support shared memory if available
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, [  --enable-debug=[no/minimum/yes] turn on debugging [default=minimum]],,enable_debug=minimum)
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(ansi, [  --enable-ansi           turn on strict ansi [default=no]],
 		    , enable_ansi=no)
-AC_ARG_WITH(glib, [  --with-glib=DIR         Use uninstalled copy of glib])
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(xim, [  --enable-xim            support XIM [default=yes]],
-			, enable_xim="yes")
+			echo $enable_xim, enable_xim="yes")
 AC_ARG_WITH(locale, [  --with-locale=LOCALE    locale name you want to use ])
 
 AC_ARG_WITH(xinput, [  --with-xinput=[no/gxi/xfree] support XInput ])
 
 if test "x$enable_debug" = "xyes"; then
   test "$cflags_set" = set || CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -g"
-  GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS="-DG_ENABLE_DEBUG"
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DG_ENABLE_DEBUG"
 else
   if test "x$enable_debug" = "xno"; then
-    GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS="-DG_DISABLE_ASSERT -DG_DISABLE_CHECKS -DGTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS"
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DG_DISABLE_ASSERT -DG_DISABLE_CHECKS -DGTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS"
   else
-    GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS="-DGTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS"
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DGTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS"
   fi
 fi
 
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GTK_COMPILED_WITH_DEBUGGING, "${enable_debug}")
-
 # Build time sanity check...
 AM_SANITY_CHECK
 
 # Checks for programs.
 AC_PROG_CC
-AC_ISC_POSIX
 AM_PROG_CC_STDC
 AC_PROG_INSTALL
 AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
 
-changequote(,)dnl
 if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
-  case " $CFLAGS " in
-  *[\ \	]-Wall[\ \	]*) ;;
-  *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall" ;;
-  esac
+  if test -z "`echo "$CFLAGS" | grep "\-Wall" 2> /dev/null`" ; then
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall"
+  fi
 
   if test "x$enable_ansi" = "xyes"; then
-    case " $CFLAGS " in
-    *[\ \	]-ansi[\ \	]*) ;;
-    *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -ansi" ;;
-    esac
+    if test -z "`echo "$CFLAGS" | grep "\-ansi" 2> /dev/null`" ; then
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -ansi"
+    fi
 
-    case " $CFLAGS " in
-    *[\ \	]-pedantic[\ \	]*) ;;
-    *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pedantic" ;;
-    esac
+    if test -z "`echo "$CFLAGS" | grep "\-pedantic" 2> /dev/null`" ; then
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pedantic"
+    fi
   fi
 fi
-changequote([,])dnl
 
-# define a MAINT-like variable REBUILD which is set if Perl
-# and awk are found, so autogenerated sources can be rebuilt
-
-AC_PROG_AWK
-AC_CHECK_PROGS(PERL, perl5 perl)
-
-# We would like indent, but don't require it.
-AC_CHECK_PROG(INDENT, indent, indent)
-
-REBUILD=\#
-if test -n "$PERL" && perl -v | grep 'version 5.' > /dev/null ; then
-  if test -n "$AWK" ; then 
-    REBUILD=
-  fi
-fi
-AC_SUBST(REBUILD)
-
-# i18n stuff
-ALL_LINGUAS="de fr nl pt ja sv pl no ko"
-AM_GTK_GNU_GETTEXT
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(gettext,
-	,
-	AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext)
-)
-
-dnl The DU4 header files don't provide library prototypes unless 
-dnl -std1 is given to the native cc.
+dnl DU4 native cc currently needs -std1 for ANSI mode (instead of K&R)
 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for extra flags to get ANSI library prototypes])
-
 gtk_save_LIBS=$LIBS
 LIBS="$LIBS -lm"
 AC_TRY_RUN([#include <math.h>
@@ -149,7 +95,7 @@ AC_TRY_RUN([#include <math.h>
      gtk_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -std1"
      AC_TRY_RUN([#include <math.h>
-	         int main (void) { return (log(1) != log(1.)); }],
+                 int main (void) { return (log(1) != log(1.)); }],
          AC_MSG_RESULT(-std1),
          AC_MSG_RESULT()
          CFLAGS=$gtk_save_CFLAGS
@@ -171,64 +117,20 @@ AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <dirent.h>], [DIR *dir;],
     CFLAGS=$gtk_save_CFLAGS
     AC_MSG_WARN([Could not determine POSIX flag. (-posix didn't work.)])))
 
-if test x$with_glib = xyes ; then
-  AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** Directory must be specified for --with-glib])
+if test "x$enable_xim" = "xyes"; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DUSE_XIM"
 fi
 
-if test x$with_glib = x ; then 
-  # Look for separately installed glib
-
-  AM_PATH_GLIB(1.1.12,,
-    AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** GLIB 1.1.12 or better is required. The latest version of GLIB
-*** is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.]),
-    gmodule gthread)
-
-  # we do not want to make all gtk progs to link to thread libraries.
-  glib_cflags=`$GLIB_CONFIG glib gmodule --cflags`
-  glib_libs=`$GLIB_CONFIG glib gmodule --libs`
-  GLIB_LIBS="$glib_libs"
-else
-  # Use uninstalled glib (assume they got the version right)
-
-  GLIB_CONFIG=$with_glib/glib-config
-  if test -x $GLIB_CONFIG ; then 
-    :
-  else
-    AC_MSG_ERROR([GLIB directory ($with_glib) not present or not configured])
-  fi
-
-  # For use in gtk-config
-  glib_cflags=`$GLIB_CONFIG --cflags gmodule`
-  glib_libs=`$GLIB_CONFIG --libs gmodule`
-
-  glib_release=`$GLIB_CONFIG --version | sed 's%\\.[[0-9]]*$%%'`
-
-  # canonicalize relative paths
-  case $with_glib in 
-    /*)
-      glib_dir=$with_glib
-      ;;
-    *)
-      glib_dir="\$(top_builddir)/$with_glib"
-      ;;
-  esac
-
-  GLIB_CFLAGS="-I$glib_dir"
-  GLIB_LIBS=$glib_dir/libglib-$glib_release.la
-
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_CFLAGS)
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_LIBS)
-fi
-
-AC_SUBST(glib_cflags)
-AC_SUBST(glib_libs)
-
 # Find the X11 include and library directories
 AC_PATH_X
 AC_PATH_XTRA
 
+if test "x$no_x" = "xyes"; then 
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([
+*** X libraries or include files not found. Check 'config.log' for 
+*** more details.])
+fi
+
 if test "x$x_includes" = "x"; then
   x_includes="/usr/include"
 fi
@@ -239,15 +141,9 @@ saved_ldflags="$LDFLAGS"
 CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $X_CFLAGS"
 LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $X_LDFLAGS $X_LIBS"
 
-if test "x$no_x" = "xyes"; then 
-  AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** X libraries or include files not found. Check 'config.log' for 
-*** more details.])
-fi
-
 # Checks for libraries.
 # Check for the X11 library
-AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XOpenDisplay, x_libs="-lX11 $X_EXTRA_LIBS", 
+AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XOpenDisplay, x_libs="-lX11 $X_EXTRA_LIBS",
   AC_MSG_ERROR([*** libX11 not found. Check 'config.log' for more details.]),
   $X_EXTRA_LIBS)
 
@@ -268,27 +164,7 @@ AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XShapeCombineMask,
       if test -z "`echo $x_libs | grep "\-lXext" 2> /dev/null`"; then
            x_libs="-lXext $x_libs"
       fi
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHAPE_EXT),
-      ,
-      $x_libs)
-
-# Check for XConvertCase (X11R6 specific)
-
-AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XConvertCase,
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XCONVERTCASE),
-      ,
-      $x_libs)
-
-# Check for XIM support.
-
-AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback,
-	    : ,
-	    enable_xim=no,
-	    $x_libs)
-
-if test "x$enable_xim" = "xyes"; then
-  GTK_XIM_FLAGS="-DUSE_XIM"
-fi
+      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHAPE_EXT),, $x_libs)
 
 x_cflags="$X_CFLAGS"
 x_ldflags="$X_LDFLAGS $X_LIBS"
@@ -306,20 +182,52 @@ else
   AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_NONE)
 fi
 
-CFLAGS="$saved_cflags"
-LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags"
-
 AC_SUBST(x_cflags)
 AC_SUBST(x_includes)
 AC_SUBST(x_ldflags)
 AC_SUBST(x_libs)
 AC_SUBST(xinput_progs)
 
+CFLAGS="$saved_cflags"
+LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags"
+
 if test "x$enable_shm" = "xyes"; then
   # Check for shared memory
   AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/ipc.h, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_IPC_H), no_sys_ipc=yes)
   AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/shm.h, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHM_H), no_sys_shm=yes)
 
+  # Check whether shmctl IPC_RMID allowes subsequent attaches
+  if test "$ac_cv_header_sys_shm_h" = "yes"; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether shmctl IPC_RMID allowes subsequent attaches)
+    AC_TRY_RUN([
+          #include <sys/types.h>
+          #include <sys/ipc.h>
+          #include <sys/shm.h>
+          int main()
+          {
+            int id;
+            char *shmaddr;
+          id = shmget (IPC_PRIVATE, 4, IPC_CREAT | 0777);
+          if (id == -1)
+            exit (2);
+            shmaddr = shmat (id, 0, 0);
+            shmctl (id, IPC_RMID, 0);
+            if ((char*) shmat (id, 0, 0) == (char*) -1)
+            {
+              shmdt (shmaddr);
+              exit (1);
+            }
+            shmdt (shmaddr);
+            shmdt (shmaddr);
+            exit (0);
+          }
+      ],
+      AC_DEFINE(IPC_RMID_DEFERRED_RELEASE)
+        AC_MSG_RESULT(yes),
+      AC_MSG_RESULT(no),
+      AC_MSG_RESULT(assuming no))
+  fi
+
   # Check for the X shared memory extension header file
   AC_MSG_CHECKING(X11/extensions/XShm.h)
   if test "x$no_xext_lib" = "xyes"; then
@@ -336,6 +244,27 @@ if test "x$enable_shm" = "xyes"; then
   fi
 fi
 
+# Check for private display resource base variable
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(resource base field in XDisplay)
+AC_CACHE_VAL(gtk_cv_display_resource_base,
+[AC_TRY_RUN([
+#define XLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  Display *display;
+
+  return 0;
+
+  display->resource_base;
+}],
+gtk_cv_display_resource_base="resource_base",
+gtk_cv_display_resource_base="private3")])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($gtk_cv_display_resource_base)
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RESOURCE_BASE, gdk_display->$gtk_cv_display_resource_base)
+
 # Check if X_LOCALE definition is necessary
 
 AC_MSG_CHECKING(need -DX_LOCALE)
@@ -354,7 +283,7 @@ need_x_locale=yes)
 AC_MSG_RESULT($need_x_locale)
 
 if test $need_x_locale = yes; then
-  GTK_LOCALE_CFLAGS="-DX_LOCALE"
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DX_LOCALE"
 fi
 
 # Checks for header files.
@@ -367,92 +296,28 @@ AC_C_CONST
 AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
 AC_FUNC_MMAP
 
-# Check if <sys/select.h> needs to be included for fd_set
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for fd_set])
+# Check for sys/select.h
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([fd_set and sys/select])
 AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],
         [fd_set readMask, writeMask;], gtk_ok=yes, gtk_ok=no)
-if test $gtk_ok = yes; then
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, found in sys/types.h])
-else
+if test $gtk_ok = no; then
     AC_HEADER_EGREP(fd_mask, sys/select.h, gtk_ok=yes)
     if test $gtk_ok = yes; then
         AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H)
-        AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, found in sys/select.h])
-    else
-	AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET)
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
     fi
 fi
-
-# Duplicate `widechar' tests from `glib'.
-# Check for wchar.h
-if test x = y; then
-  # will not be executed
-  # hack so as not to update `acconfig.h'
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(wchar.h wctype.h)
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(broken_wctype)
-fi
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for wchar.h)
-AC_TRY_CPP([#include <wchar.h>], gtk_ok=yes, gtk_ok=no)
-if test $gtk_ok = yes; then
-   ac_kludge=HAVE_WCHAR_H
-   AC_DEFINE($ac_kludge)
-fi
 AC_MSG_RESULT($gtk_ok)
-
-# Check for wctype.h (for iswalnum)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for wctype.h)
-AC_TRY_CPP([#include <wctype.h>], gtk_ok=yes, gtk_ok=no)
-if test $gtk_ok = yes; then
-   ac_kludge=HAVE_WCTYPE_H
-   AC_DEFINE($ac_kludge)
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($gtk_ok)
-
-# in Solaris 2.5, `iswalnum' is in -lw
-GDK_WLIBS=
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(iswalnum,,[AC_CHECK_LIB(w,iswalnum,GDK_WLIBS=-lw)])
-
-# The following is necessary for Linux libc-5.4.38
-oLIBS="$LIBS"
-LIBS="$LIBS $GDK_WLIBS"
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(if iswalnum() and friends are properly defined)
-AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>],[
-#if (defined(HAVE_WCTYPE_H) || defined(HAVE_WCHAR_H))
-#  ifdef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
-#    include <wctype.h>
-#  else
-#    ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
-#      include <wchar.h>
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#else
-#  define iswalnum(c) ((wchar_t)(c) <= 0xFF && isalnum(c))
-#endif
-iswalnum((wchar_t) 0);
-], gtk_ok=yes, gtk_ok=no)
-LIBS="$oLIBS"
-
 if test $gtk_ok = no; then
-   ac_kludge=HAVE_BROKEN_WCTYPE
-   AC_DEFINE($ac_kludge)
-   GDK_WLIBS=
+    AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET)
 fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($gtk_ok)
-AC_SUBST(GDK_WLIBS)
-
-AC_SUBST(GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_XIM_FLAGS)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_LOCALE_FLAGS)
 
 AC_OUTPUT([
 Makefile
 gtk-config
-po/Makefile.in
 docs/Makefile
 gdk/Makefile
 gtk/Makefile
 gtk/gtkfeatures.h
-], [chmod +x gtk-config])
+],
+[chmod +x gtk-config])

debian/build

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
-
-				# Adjust debian/changelog and build a new
-				# Debian package of a CVS archive.
-
-				# Written 17 November 1998 by Ben Gertzfield
-				# <che@debian.org>
-
-				# This work is released under the GNU
-				# General Public License, version 2 or
-				# later.
-
-use strict;
-use diagnostics;
-use File::Copy;
-
-my $maintainer = 'Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>';
-
-my @date = localtime;
-
-my $datestr = sprintf("%d%.2d%.2d", $date[5] + 1900, $date[4] + 1, $date[3]);
-my $revision = '01';
-
-open (CHANGELOG, 'debian/changelog') or die "Couldn't open debian/changelog: $!\n";
-
-$_ = <CHANGELOG>;
-chomp;
-
-close CHANGELOG;
-
-my ($package, $last_date, $last_revision) = /^(.*?) \((.*?)\.(.*)?\)/;
-
-if ($last_date eq $datestr) {
-  $revision = sprintf("%.2d", $last_revision + 1);
-}
-
-my $new_version = "$datestr.$revision";
-
-copy('debian/changelog', 'debian/changelog.old') or die "Couldn't copy debian/changelog to debian/changelog.old: $!\n";
-
-open(NEWCHANGELOG, ">debian/changelog") or die "Couldn't open debian/changelog for writing: $!\n";
-
-print NEWCHANGELOG "$package ($new_version) unstable; urgency=low\n\n  * CVS snapshot build at " . scalar localtime() . "\n\n -- $maintainer  " . `date -R` . "\n";
-
-open(OLDCHANGELOG, "debian/changelog.old") or die "Couldn't open debian/changelog.old: $!\n";
-
-while (<OLDCHANGELOG>) {
-  print NEWCHANGELOG;
-}
-
-close OLDCHANGELOG;
-close NEWCHANGELOG;
-
-unlink('debian/changelog.old') or die "Couldn't unlink debian/changelog.old: $!\n";
-
-open(NEWVERSION, '>debian/version') or die "Couldn't open debian/version for writing: $!\n";
-print NEWVERSION "$new_version\n";
-close NEWVERSION;
-
-system('dpkg-buildpackage -b -rfakeroot -us -uc');
-unlink 'debian/version' or die "Couldn't unlink debian/version: $!\n";
-

debian/changelog

@@ -1,8 +1,167 @@
-gtk+-cvs (19981116.01) unstable; urgency=low
+gtk+ (1:0.99.8-1) unstable; urgency=low
 
-  * First test build from CVS
+  * New upstream version.
+  * New file included in libgtk-dev: /usr/share/aclocal/gtk.m4,
+    to help autoconf/automake developers use gtk and gtk-config
+    more easily.
+  * New file included in libgtk-doc: /usr/doc/libgtk-doc/gtk-config.txt
+    Please refer to this doc when developing for gtk or compiling
+    and running into odd path-related errors.
+    
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Thu, 19 Mar 1998 19:58:53 -0800
 
- -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Tue, 17 Nov 1998 12:02:13 -0800
+gtk+ (1:0.99.7-4) frozen unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Rebuild with native Debian libtool to have libraries properly
+    linked with libc and libX et al.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Tue, 17 Mar 1998 16:05:13 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.7-3) frozen unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Accidentally included all the html docs in /usr/doc/libgtk-doc/faq-html;
+    moved the tutorial into /usr/doc/libgtk-doc/tutorial-html.
+  * Included the Italian Gtk+ Tutorial in 
+    /usr/doc/libgtk-doc/italian-tutorial-html.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon, 16 Mar 1998 22:39:57 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.7-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Upstream source added a /usr/lib/glib/ directory that I didn't
+    notice; included this directory in libgtk-dev.
+  * Realized that Xinput support was broken because I was doing
+    ./configure --enable-xinput=xfree instead of ./configure
+    --with-xinput=xfree. Fixed.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Sun, 15 Mar 1998 19:17:05 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.7-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release -- THIS IS INCOMPATIBLE WITH OLDER RELEASES!
+    All Gtk-using packages *will* need patches to work with this Gtk!
+  * Upstream release includes 'gtk-config' script to check installed
+    version of Gtk; included said script in libgtk-dev in /usr/bin.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Sun, 15 Mar 1998 11:03:03 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.5-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Modified libgtk-doc to Replace: libgtk-dev (<< 1:0.99.4) to
+    deal with both packages including the same .info files.
+    Fixes bug #19533.
+  * Also noticed that libgtk-dev depended on libgtk1 without
+    an epoch! Fixed.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Thu, 12 Mar 1998 13:37:11 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.5-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Wow, that was quick, a new upstream version.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon,  9 Mar 1998 22:08:08 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.4-3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Recompiled with --enable-xinput=xfree to enable Wacom pads
+    and other physical input devices.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon,  9 Mar 1998 21:26:07 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.4-2) unstable; urgency=MEDIUM
+
+  * Ack! The shlibs file makes things depend on libgtk1 (>= 0.99.4)
+    rather than (>= 1:0.99.4)! Fixes bug #19134.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Sat,  7 Mar 1998 23:57:33 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.4-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.
+  * Recompiled with new debhelper to remove du warnings.
+  * Upstream source is named gtk+, not libgtk1. Changed source name.
+  * Removed --disable-xim in hopes that xim is no longer broken.
+  * Removed testgtk at the behest of the Gtk developers until I can
+    come up with a better solution, probably related to:
+  * the new libgtk-doc package! :) libgtk-doc contains the Gtk FAQ,
+    the Gtk Tutorial, and the Gtk info files.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Tue,  3 Mar 1998 22:23:47 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (1:0.99.3-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Created manpage for testgtk program.
+  * Fixed copyright mention to LGPL.gz to be just LGPL.
+  * This fixes all known lintian errors.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Wed, 11 Feb 1998 14:07:17 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (1:0.99.3-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.
+  * Include the testgtk binary in libgtk-dev.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Sat, 24 Jan 1998 15:30:09 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (1:0.99.2-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Fixed shlibs file to specify version >=1:0.99.2.
+  * Renamed debian/postinst.libgtk1 to debian/postinst, so debhelper
+    would actually install it.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon,  5 Jan 1998 12:22:46 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (1:0.99.2-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Sun,  4 Jan 1998 00:21:21 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (1:0.99.0-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * New upstream version with new numbering scheme, went to epoch :1
+    correspondingly.
+  * Hopefully fixed entry-field bug.
+  * Converted to use debhelper.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon, 15 Dec 1997 12:02:25 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (971201-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.
+  * Fixed copyright to say LGPL, not GPL. (bug #14867)
+  * Re-added postinst ldconfig call. (bug #14213)
+  * Info files should be correct now. (bugs #14773, #15143)
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon,  1 Dec 1997 16:41:50 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (971109-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.
+  * Name is really 'GIMP Tool Kit', not 'General Tool Kit'.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon, 10 Nov 1997 16:15:27 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (970925-3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Moved the include files to /usr/include/{gtk,gdk}.
+  * Removed postinst/postrm ldconfig calls, fixes old gimp bug #13773.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Fri, 17 Oct 1997 17:06:10 -0700
+
+libgtk1 (970925-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Added the shlibs file.
+  * Removed the postinst/postrm calls to ldconfig, fixes bug #13733.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Fri, 10 Oct 1997 17:55:39 -0700
+
+libgtk1 (970925-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.
+  * Split off source tree from gimp's source tree.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon, 29 Sep 1997 13:14:45 -0700
 
 Local variables:
 mode: debian-changelog

debian/control

@@ -1,81 +1,41 @@
-Source: gtk+-cvs
-Priority: extra
+Source: gtk+
+Priority: optional
 Section: libs
 Maintainer: Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>
 Standards-Version: 2.4.0.0
 
-Package: libgtk-cvs-1.1
+Package: libgtk1
 Architecture: any
 Section: libs
 Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}
-Conflicts: libgtk-dev (<< 1:1.0.2), libgtk1.1
-Description: CVS build of the GIMP Toolkit set of widgets for X
- **THIS IS NOT AN OFFICIAL DEBIAN PACKAGE! THIS IS AN AUTOMATED CVS
-   BUILD OF THE GTK+ LIBRARIES! BEWARE! IT MAY NOT WORK!**
- . 
+Description: The GIMP Toolkit set of widgets for X
  The GIMP Toolkit is a freely available set of widgets for X.
  GTK is easy to use, and has been implemented in such projects as
  The GNU Image Manipulation Program (The GIMP), GNOME, a GNU
  desktop set of utilities for X, and gzilla, a GNU web-browser.
- .
- This is the unstable 1.1 branch of GTK. It is not intended for use
- with stable projects!
 
-Package: libgtk-cvs-dev
+Package: libgtk-dev
 Architecture: any
 Section: devel
-Depends: libgtk-cvs-1.1 (=${Source-Version}), libglib-cvs-dev
-Suggests: libgtk-cvs-doc
-Provides: libgtk1.1-dev
-Replaces: libgtk1.1-dev
-Conflicts: libgtk-dev, libgtk1 (<< 1:1.0.4), libgtk1.1-dev
-Description: CVS build of development files for the GIMP Toolkit
- **THIS IS NOT AN OFFICIAL DEBIAN PACKAGE! THIS IS AN AUTOMATED CVS
-   BUILD OF THE GTK+ LIBRARIES! BEWARE! IT MAY NOT WORK!**
- .
+Depends: libgtk1 (>= 1:0.99.8)
+Suggests: libgtk-doc
+Replaces: libgtk1 (<= 0.99.7)
+Description: Header files and static libraries for the GIMP Toolkit
  This package contains the header files and static libraries for the
  GIMP Toolkit set of widgets for X. 
  .
- This is the unstable, 1.1 branch of GTK+. This is not intended for
- use with stable releases of programs! 
- .
  Install this package if you wish to develop your own X programs using
- the GIMP Toolkit 1.1, or if you wish to compile your own plug-ins for
+ the GIMP Toolkit, or if you wish to compile your own plug-ins for
  The GIMP.
 
-Package: libgtk-cvs-doc
+Package: libgtk-doc
 Architecture: all
-Section: doc
-Conflicts: libgtk-dev (<< 1:0.99.4), libgtk-doc, libgtk1.1-doc
-Description: CVS build of documentation for the GIMP Toolkit
- **THIS IS NOT AN OFFICIAL DEBIAN PACKAGE! THIS IS AN AUTOMATED CVS
-   BUILD OF THE GTK+ LIBRARIES! BEWARE! IT MAY NOT WORK!**
- .
+Section: docs
+Replaces: libgtk-dev (<< 1:0.99.4)
+Description: Documentation and example code for the GIMP Toolkit
  This package contains lots of info-files, HTML docs, FAQs, and
  other handy documentation about the GIMP Toolkit set of widgets
- for X. 
+ for X.
  .
- This package documents the unstable 1.1 release of the GIMP Toolkit.
- . 
  Install this package if you want to have lots of info about the
  GIMP toolkit when you're programming.
-
-Package: libgtk-cvs-dbg
-Architecture: any
-Section: devel
-Depends: libgtk-cvs-1.1 (= ${Source-Version}), libgtk-cvs-dev (= ${Source-Version})
-Suggests: libgtk-cvs-doc
-Conflicts: libgtk1.1-dbg
-Description: CVS build of debugging files for the GIMP Toolkit
- **THIS IS NOT AN OFFICIAL DEBIAN PACKAGE! THIS IS AN AUTOMATED CVS
-   BUILD OF THE GTK+ LIBRARIES! BEWARE! IT MAY NOT WORK!**
- .
- This package contains the debugging static libraries for the
- GIMP Toolkit set of widgets for X. 
- .
- This is the unstable, 1.1 branch of GTK+. This is not intended for
- use with stable releases of programs! 
- .
- Install this package if you wish to debug your own X programs using
- the GIMP Toolkit 1.1, or if you wish to debug your own plug-ins for
- The GIMP.

debian/copyright

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-This package was debianized by Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org> on
-Tue, 17 Nov 1998 12:07:17 -0800
+This package was debianized by Ben Gertzfield che@imsa.edu on
+Tue, 22 Jul 1997 20:53:20 -0500
 
-It was produced from the CVS repository at cvs.gimp.org.
+It was downloaded from ftp.gimp.org.
 
 It may be redistributed under the terms of the GNU LGPL, Version 2 or
 later, found on Debian systems in the file /usr/doc/copyright/LGPL.

debian/libgtk-cvs-dev.files

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-usr/lib/libgdk.so
-usr/lib/libgdk.a
-usr/lib/libgtk.so
-usr/lib/libgtk.a
-usr/include/gdk/
-usr/include/gtk/
-usr/bin/gtk-config
-usr/man/man1/gtk-config.1
-usr/share/aclocal/gtk.m4

debian/libgtk-cvs-doc.files

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-usr/info/gdk.info
-usr/info/gtk.info
-usr/info/gtk.info-1
-usr/info/gtk.info-2
-usr/info/gtk.info-3
-usr/info/gtk.info-4
-usr/info/gtk.info-5
-

debian/libgtk-dev.postinst

@@ -2,4 +2,6 @@
 
 set -e
 
+ldconfig
+
 #DEBHELPER#

debian/libgtk-doc.postinst

@@ -8,4 +8,7 @@ install-info --quiet --description="The GIMP Toolkit." \
 install-info --quiet --description="The GIMP Drawing Kit." \
  --section "The GIMP" "The GIMP" /usr/info/gdk.info.gz
 
+install-info --quiet --description="The GIMP Library." \
+ --section "The GIMP" "The GIMP" /usr/info/glib.info.gz
+
 #DEBHELPER#

debian/libgtk-doc.prerm

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 
 set -e
 install-info --quiet --remove gtk
+install-info --quiet --remove glib
 install-info --quiet --remove gdk
 
 #DEBHELPER#

debian/rules

@@ -1,50 +1,27 @@
 #!/usr/bin/make -f
 
-# debian/rules file for gtk+ Debian package
-# written April 1998 by Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org
+# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode.
+#export DH_VERBOSE=1
 
 build: build-stamp
 build-stamp:
 	dh_testdir
-	./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr --with-xinput=xfree
+	# Add here commands to compile the package.
+	./configure --prefix=/usr --with-xinput=xfree
 	$(MAKE)
-	cd docs && make distdocs
+	cd docs && make -f Makefile.sgml
 	cd ..
 	touch build-stamp
 
-build-dbg: build-dbg-stamp
-build-dbg-stamp:
-	dh_testdir
-	./configure --prefix=/usr --with-xinput=xfree --enable-debug=yes
-	$(MAKE)
-	touch build-dbg-stamp
-
 clean:
 	dh_testdir
 	dh_testroot
-	rm -f build-stamp build-dbg-stamp install-stamp install-dbg-stamp
+	rm -f build-stamp
 	# Add here commands to clean up after the build process.
-	-$(MAKE) clean
-	cd docs 
-	-$(MAKE) maintainer-clean
-	cd ..
 	-$(MAKE) distclean
-	find . -name '*.o' -o -name '_libs' -o -name '*.lo' -o -name '*.a' -o -name '.deps' | xargs rm -rf
+	-rm docs/*.html
 	dh_clean
 
-clean-dbg:
-	dh_testdir
-	dh_testroot
-	rm -f build-stamp build-dbg-stamp install-stamp install-dbg-stamp
-	# Add here commands to clean up after the build process.
-	-$(MAKE) clean
-	cd docs
-	-$(MAKE) maintainer-clean
-	cd ..
-	-$(MAKE) distclean
-	find . -name '*.o' -o -name '_libs' -o -name '*.lo' -o -name '*.a' -o -name '.deps' | xargs rm -rf
-	dh_clean -k
-
 install: install-stamp
 install-stamp: build
 	dh_testdir
@@ -53,105 +30,88 @@ install-stamp: build
 	$(MAKE) prefix=`pwd`/debian/tmp/usr install
 	touch install-stamp
 
-install-dbg: install-dbg-stamp
-install-dbg-stamp: build-dbg
-	dh_testdir
-	dh_testroot
-	dh_clean -k
-	$(MAKE) prefix=`pwd`/debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr install
-	touch install-dbg-stamp
-
 # Build architecture-independent files here.
-binary-indep: build install libgtk-cvs-doc
+binary-indep: build install libgtk-doc
 # We have nothing to do by default.
 
 # Build architecture-dependent files here.
-binary-arch: build install libgtk-cvs-dev libgtk-cvs-1.1 libgtk-cvs-dbg
+binary-arch: build install libgtk-dev libgtk1
 
-libgtk-cvs-1.1: build
-	dh_testdir -plibgtk-cvs-1.1 
-	dh_testroot -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
+libgtk1: build
+	dh_testdir -plibgtk1 
+	dh_testroot -plibgtk1
+#	dh_clean -plibgtk1
+	dh_installdirs -plibgtk1
 	# Add here commands to install the files into debian/tmp
-	rm -rf debian/tmp/usr/bin debian/tmp/usr/include debian/tmp/usr/info debian/tmp/usr/lib/glib debian/tmp/usr/share/aclocal debian/tmp/usr/man debian/tmp/usr/lib/*.la
-	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_strip -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_compress -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_makeshlibs -plibgtk-cvs-1.1 -V 'libgtk-cvs-1.1 (='`cat debian/version`')'
-	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
+	rm -rf debian/tmp/usr/bin debian/tmp/usr/include debian/tmp/usr/info debian/tmp/usr/lib/glib debian/tmp/usr/share
+#	dh_movefiles -plibgtk1
+#	$(MAKE) prefix=`pwd`/debian/tmp/usr install
+#	rmdir debian/tmp/usr/bin
+#	rm debian/tmp/usr/lib/*.{so,la,a}
+#	rm -rf debian/tmp/usr/{include,info}
+	dh_installdocs -plibgtk1
+	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk1
+	dh_strip -plibgtk1
+	dh_compress -plibgtk1
+	dh_fixperms -plibgtk1
+	dh_installdeb -plibgtk1
+	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk1
+	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk1
+	dh_makeshlibs -plibgtk1 -V 'libgtk1 (>= 1:0.99.7)'
+#	echo "libglib 1 libgtk1 (>=0.99.4)" >> debian/tmp/DEBIAN/shlibs
+#	echo "libgtk 1 libgtk1 (>=0.99.4)" >> debian/tmp/DEBIAN/shlibs
+#	echo "libgdk 1 libgtk1 (>=0.99.4)" >> debian/tmp/DEBIAN/shlibs
+	dh_md5sums -plibgtk1
+	dh_builddeb -plibgtk1
 
-libgtk-cvs-dev: build
-	dh_testdir -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_testroot -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_clean -plibgtk-cvs-dev -k
-	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+libgtk-dev: build
+	dh_testdir -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_testroot -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_clean -plibgtk-dev -k
+	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-dev
 	# Add here commands to install the files into debian/tmp
-	dh_movefiles -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+	dh_movefiles -plibgtk-dev
 	cp gtk-config debian/tmp/usr/bin
-	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-cvs-dev 
-	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_strip -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_compress -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+#	$(MAKE) prefix=`pwd`/debian/libgtk-dev/usr install
+#	find debian/libgtk-dev/usr/lib \( -type f -or -type l \) -and ! \( -name \*.so -or -name \*.a \) | xargs rm
+#	cp gtk/.libs/testgtk debian/libgtk-dev/usr/bin
+#	cp debian/testgtk.1 debian/libgtk-dev/usr/man/man1
+	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-dev 
+	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_strip -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_compress -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_makeshlibs -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-dev
 
-libgtk-cvs-doc:
-	dh_testdir -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_testroot -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_clean -plibgtk-cvs-doc -k
-	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-cvs-doc usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/faq-html \
-	  usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/tutorial-html usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/italian-tutorial-html usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/french-tutorial-html usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/gdk-html
-	dh_movefiles -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	cp docs/html/gtkfaq*.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/faq-html
-	cp docs/html/gtk_tut-*.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/tutorial-html
-	cp docs/html/*.gif debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/tutorial-html
-	cp docs/html/gtk_tut.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/tutorial-html
-	cp docs/html/gtk_tut_it*.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/italian-tutorial-html
-	cp docs/html/*.gif debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/italian-tutorial-html
-	cp docs/html/gtk_tut_fr*.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/french-tutorial-html
-	cp docs/html/*.gif debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/french-tutorial-html
-	cp docs/html/gdk* debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/gdk-html
-	cp docs/text/*.txt debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/
+libgtk-doc:
+	dh_testdir -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_testroot -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_clean -plibgtk-doc -k
+	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-doc usr/doc/libgtk-doc/faq-html \
+	  usr/doc/libgtk-doc/tutorial-html usr/doc/libgtk-doc/italian-tutorial-html
+	# Add here commands to install the files into debian/tmp
+	dh_movefiles -plibgtk-doc
+	cp docs/gtkfaq*.html debian/libgtk-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-doc/faq-html
+	cp docs/gtk_tut-*.html debian/libgtk-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-doc/tutorial-html
+	cp docs/gtk_tut.html debian/libgtk-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-doc/tutorial-html
+	cp docs/gtk_tut_it*.html debian/libgtk-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-doc/italian-tutorial-html
+	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-doc docs/{debugging,developers,styles,text_widget,widget_system,gtk-config}.txt ChangeLog TODO NEWS
+	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_strip -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_compress -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_makeshlibs -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-doc
 
-	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-cvs-doc docs/{debugging,developers,styles,text_widget,widget_system,gtk-config,refcounting}.txt TODO NEWS
-	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_strip -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_compress -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-
-libgtk-cvs-dbg: clean-dbg install-dbg
-	dh_testdir -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_testroot -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	# Add here commands to install the files into debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg
-	rm -rf debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/bin debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/include debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/info debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/lib/glib debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/man debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/share debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/lib/*.{la,so*}
-	for file in `find debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/lib -name '*.a'` ; do \
-	  mv $$file debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/lib/`basename $$file .a`_g.a; \
-        done
-	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_compress -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
 
 source diff:                                                                  
 	@echo >&2 'source and diff are obsolete - use dpkg-source -b'; false

docs/.cvsignore

@@ -16,5 +16,3 @@ Makefile.in
 *.cps
 *.fns
 *.vrs
-html
-text

docs/Changes-1.2.txt

@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-Incompatible Changes from GTK+-1.0 to GTK+-1.2:
-
-* GtkAcceleratorTable has been replaced with GtkAccelGroup
-
-* GtkMenuFactory has been replaced with GtkItemFactory, although
-  a version of GtkMenuFactory is provided to ease compatibility.
-
-* GtkButton has been changed to derive from GtkBin. 
- 
- To access a button's child, use GTK_BIN (button)->child, instead
- of the old GTK_BUTTON (button)->child.
-
-* The selection API has been slightly modified:
-
- gtk_selection_add_handler() and gtk_selection_add_handler_full() 
- have been removed. To supply the selection, one now register
- the targets one is interested in with:
-
-  void gtk_selection_add_target (GtkWidget           *widget, 
-	  	                 GdkAtom              selection,
-			         GdkAtom              target,
-			         guint                info);
-
- or:
-  
-  void gtk_selection_add_targets (GtkWidget           *widget, 
-	  			  GdkAtom              selection,
-				  GtkTargetEntry      *targets,
-				  guint                ntargets);
-
- When a request for a selection is received, the new "selection_get"
- signal will be called:
-
-   void  "selection_get"           (GtkWidget          *widget,
-				    GtkSelectionData   *selection_data,
-				    guint               info,
-				    guint               time);
-
- A "time" parameter has also been added to the "selection_received"
- signal.
-
-  void  "selection_received"       (GtkWidget          *widget,
-				    GtkSelectionData   *selection_data,
-				    guint               time);
-
-* The old drag and drop API has been completely removed and replaced.
-  See the reference documentation for details on the new API.
-
-* Support for Themes has been added. In general, this does
-  not affect application code, however, a few new rules should
-  be observed:
-
-   - To set a shape for a window, you must use 
-     gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask() instead of 
-     gdk_window_shape_combine_mask(), or the shape will be
-     reset when switching themes.
-
-   - It is no longer permissable to draw directly on an arbitrary
-     widget, or to set an arbitrary widget's background pixmap.
-     If you need to do that, use a GtkDrawingArea or (for a 
-     toplevel) the new GtkDrawWindow widget.
-
-* The ScrolledWindow widget no longer creates a Viewport
-  automatically. Instead, it has been generalized to accept
-  any "self-scrolling" widget.
-
-  The self-scrolling widgets in the Gtk+ core are GtkViewport,
-  GtkCList, GtkCTree, GtkText, and GtkLayout. All of these widgets can
-  be added to a scrolled window as normal children with
-  gtk_container_add() and scrollbars will be set up automatically.
-
-  To add scrollbars to a non self-scrolling widget, (such as a GtkList),
-  first add it to a viewport, then add the viewport to a scrolled window.
-  The scrolled window code provides a convenience function to do this:
-
-  void gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport (GtkScrolledWindow *scrollwin,
-					      GtkWidget         *child);
-
-  This does exactly what it says - it creates a Viewport, adds the child
-  widget to it, then adds the Viewport to the scrolled window.
-
-  The scrollbars have been removed from the GtkCList and GtkCTree,
-  because they are now scrolled by simply adding them to a Scrolled
-  Window. The scrollbar policy is set on the scrolled window with
-  gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy() and not on the child widgets
-  (e.g. GtkCList's gtk_clist_set_policy() was removed).
-  
-* The "main loop" of GTK+ has been moved to GLib. This should not
-  affect existing programs, since compatibility functions have
-  been provided. However, you may want to consider migrating
-  your code to use the GLib main loop directly.
-
-  Minor known incompatibilities:
-
-  - gtk_idle_remove_by_data() and gtk_timeout_remove_by_data() now
-    work from a common pool of "input sources", so 
-    gtk_idle_remove_by_data() will remove timeouts and 
-    vice-versa.
-
-* the GTK_BASIC flag was removed, and with it the corresponding
-  macro and function GTK_WIDGET_BASIC() and gtk_widget_basic().
-  
-* All freeze/thaw methods are now recursive - that is, if you
-  freeze a widget n times, you must also thaw it n times.
-
-  Therefore, if you have code like:
-
-  gboolean frozen;
-  frozen = GTK_CLIST_FROZEN (clist);
-  gtk_clist_freeze (clist);
-  [...]
-  if (!frozen)
-    gtk_clist_thaw (clist);
-
-  it will not work anymore. It must be, simply:
-
-  gtk_clist_freeze (clist);
-  [...]
-  gtk_clist_thaw (clist);
-
-* The thread safety in GTK+ 1.2 is slightly different than
-  that which appeared in early versions in the 1.1
-  development track. The main difference is that it relies on 
-  the thread primitives in GLib, and on the thread-safe 
-  GLib main loop.
-
-  This means:
-
-   - You must call g_thread_init(), then gtk_thread_init()
-     in a threaded GTK+ program.
-
-   - Idles, timeouts, and input functions are executed outside 
-     of the main GTK+ lock. So, if you need to call GTK+ 
-     inside of such a callback, you must surround the callback
-     with a gtk_thread_enter()/gtk_thread_leave() pair.
-
-     [ However, signals are still executed within the main
-       GTK+ lock ]
-
-     In particular, this means, if you are writing widgets
-     that might be used in threaded programs, you _must_
-     surround timeouts and idle functions in this matter.
-
-   - There is no longer a special --with-threads configure
-     option for GTK+. To use threads in a GTK+ program, you
-     must:
-
-      a) If you want to use the native thread implementation,
-         make sure GLib found this in configuration, otherwise,
-         call you must provide a thread implementation to
-	 g_thread_init().
-   
-      b) Link with the libraries returned by:
- 
-           gtk-config --libs gthread
-
-* All functions matching g_message* are deprecated
-
-* Functions *_interp are deprecated, *_full variants are available
-  instead
-

docs/Makefile.am

@@ -1,116 +1,18 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
 
-info_TEXINFOS = gdk.texi gtk.texi 
+info_TEXINFOS = gdk.texi gtk.texi glib.texi
 
 man_MANS = gtk-config.1
 
-TUTORIAL_FR_FILES=html/gtk_tut_fr-1.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-2.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-3.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-4.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-5.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-6.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-7.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-8.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-9.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-10.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-11.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-12.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-13.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-14.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-15.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-16.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-17.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-18.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-19.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-20.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-21.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-22.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-23.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-24.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr.html text/gtk_tut_fr.txt
-
-TUTORIAL_FILES=text/gtk_tut.txt html/gtk_tut.html \
-html/gtk_tut.html        	\
-html/gtk_tut-1.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-2.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-3.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-4.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-5.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-6.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-7.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-8.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-9.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-10.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-11.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-12.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-13.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-14.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-15.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-16.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-17.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-18.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-19.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-20.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-21.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-22.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-23.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-24.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-25.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-26.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-27.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-28.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-29.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-30.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-31.html
-
-TUTORIAL_IT_FILES=	html/gtk_tut_it.html     	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-1.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-2.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-3.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-4.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-5.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-6.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-7.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-8.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-9.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-10.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-11.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-12.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-13.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-14.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-15.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-16.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-17.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-18.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-19.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-20.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-21.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-22.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-23.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-24.html		\
-	text/gtk_tut_it.txt
-
-FAQ_FILES=html/gtkfaq.html		\
-	html/gtkfaq-1.html       	\
-	html/gtkfaq-2.html       	\
-	html/gtkfaq-3.html       	\
-	html/gtkfaq-4.html       	\
-	html/gtkfaq-5.html       	\
-	html/gtkfaq-6.html       	\
-	html/gtkfaq-7.html		\
-	text/gtkfaq.txt
-
 EXTRA_DIST =	\
-	gtk-config.1		\
 	texinfo.tex 		\
 	macros.texi		\
+	Makefile.sgml		\
 	gtkdocs_fix		\
 	gtkfaq.sgml		\
         gtk-config.txt          \
 	gtk_tut.sgml		\
 	gtk_tut_it.sgml		\
-	gtk_tut_fr.sgml		\
 	debugging.txt		\
 	developers.txt		\
 	refcounting.txt		\
@@ -119,77 +21,10 @@ EXTRA_DIST =	\
 	widget_system.txt 	\
 	gtk_tut_packbox1.gif 	\
 	gtk_tut_packbox2.gif 	\
-	html/gtk_tut_table.gif	\
-	html/gtk_tut_packbox1.gif 	\
-	html/gtk_tut_packbox2.gif 	\
 	gtk_tut_table.gif	\
-	html/gdk.html            	\
-	html/gdk_toc.html        	\
-	html/gtk.html            	\
-	html/gtk_toc.html        	\
-	$(TUTORIAL_FILES)		\
-	$(TUTORIAL_FR_FILES)		\
-	$(TUTORIAL_IT_FILES)		\
-	$(FAQ_FILES)
-
-.PHONY: html htmldir faq tutorial tutorial_it tutorial_fr files
-
-distdocs: gdk.html gtk.html faq tutorial tutorial_it tutorial_fr
-
-htmldir:
-	(cd $(srcdir); mkdir -p html; cp gtk_tut*gif html)
-
-textdir:
-	mkdir -p $(srcdir)/text
-
-gdk.html gdk_toc.html: gdk.texi
-	(cd $(srcdir); texi2html gdk.texi)
-
-gtk.html gtk_toc.html: gtk.texi
-	(cd $(srcdir); texi2html gtk.texi)
-
-html/gdk.html html/gdk_toc.html: htmldir gdk.html gdk_toc.html
-	(cd $(srcdir); cp gdk.html gdk_toc.html html/)
-
-html/gtk.html html/gtk_toc.html: htmldir gtk.html gtk_toc.html
-	(cd $(srcdir); cp gtk.html gtk_toc.html html/)
-
-$(FAQ_FILES): faq
-
-faq: htmldir textdir
-	(cd $(srcdir); sgml2html gtkfaq.sgml; \
-	perl gtkdocs_fix gtkfaq*html; \
-	mv gtkfaq*html html/; \
-	sgml2txt gtkfaq.sgml; \
-	mv gtkfaq.txt text/)
-
-$(TUTORIAL_FILES): tutorial
-
-$(TUTORIAL_FR_FILES): tutorial_fr
-
-$(TUTORIAL_IT_FILES): tutorial_it
-
-tutorial: htmldir textdir
-	(cd $(srcdir); sgml2html gtk_tut.sgml; \
-	perl gtkdocs_fix gtk_tut*html; \
-	mv gtk_tut*html html/; \
-	sgml2txt gtk_tut.sgml; \
-	mv gtk_tut.txt text/)
-
-tutorial_it: htmldir textdir
-	(cd $(srcdir); sgml2html --language=it gtk_tut_it.sgml; \
-	perl gtkdocs_fix gtk_tut_it*html; \
-	mv gtk_tut_it*html html/; \
-	sgml2txt --language=it gtk_tut_it.sgml; \
-	mv gtk_tut_it.txt text/)
-
-tutorial_fr: htmldir textdir
-	(cd $(srcdir); sgml2html --language=fr gtk_tut_fr.sgml; \
-	perl gtkdocs_fix gtk_tut_fr*html; \
-	mv gtk_tut_fr*html html/; \
-	sgml2txt --language=fr gtk_tut_fr.sgml; \
-	mv gtk_tut_fr.txt text/)
+	gtk-config.1
 
+	
 
 files:
 	@files=`ls $(DISTFILES) 2> /dev/null `; for p in $$files; do \

docs/Makefile.sgml

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#
+# To use this makefile, do:
+# make -f Makefile.gtkfaq
+#
+# This is not done by default because you might
+# not have sgml2html installed... Perhaps we could
+# detect that in the future and combine it in with
+# the automake stuff...
+#
+
+all: html ps
+
+html: faq tut italian_tut
+	perl gtkdocs_fix gtkfaq*.html gtk_tut*.html
+
+txt:
+	sgml2txt gtkfaq.sgml
+	sgml2txt gtk_tut.sgml
+	sgml2txt gtk_tut_it.sgml
+
+ps: dvi
+	dvips -o gtkfaq.ps gtkfaq.dvi
+	dvips -o gtk_tut.ps gtk_tut.dvi
+	dvips -o gtk_tut_it.ps gtk_tut_it.dvi
+
+dvi: 
+	sgml2latex gtkfaq.sgml
+	sgml2latex gtk_tut.sgml
+	sgml2latex gtk_tut_it.sgml
+
+faq:
+	sgml2html gtkfaq.sgml
+
+tut:
+	sgml2html gtk_tut.sgml
+
+italian_tut:
+	sgml2html gtk_tut_it.sgml
+
+

docs/dnd_internals.txt

@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
-This document describes some of the internals of the DND handling
-code.
-
-Organization
-============
-
-The DND code is split between a lowlevel part - gdkdnd.c and a
-highlevel part - gtkdnd.c.  To put it simply, gdkdnd.c contain the
-portions of DND code that are easiest to do in raw X, while gtkdnd.c
-contains the portions of DND that are easiest to do with an event loop
-and high level selection handling.
-
-Except for a few details of selection handling, most of the
-dependencies on the DND protocol are confined to gdkdnd.c.
-There are two or three supported protocols - Motif DND,
-Xdnd and a pseudo-protocol ROOTWIN, which is used for drops
-on root windows that aren't really accepting drops.
-gdkdnd.c divides into 4 pieces:
-
- 1) Utility functions (finding client windows)
- 2) Motif specific code (the biggest chunk)
- 3) Xdnd specific code
- 4) The public interfaces
-
-The code in gtkdnd.c roughly consists of three parts  
-  
- 1) General utility functions
- 2) Destination side code
- 3) Source side code.
-
-Both on the source and dest side, there is some division
-between the low level layers and the default handlers,
-though they are rather mixed in many cases.
-
-Structures and Memory Management
-================================
-
-Information about source sites and drop sites is stored
-in the structures GtkSourceSite and GtkDestSite.
-
-Information about in-progress drags and drops is stored
-in the structures GtkSourceInfo and GtkDestInfo.
-
-The GtkSourceInfo structure is created when the drag
-begins, and persists until the drag either completes
-or times out. A pointer to it is stored in 
-dataset-data for the GdkDragContext, however there
-is no ownership. If the SourceInfo is destroyed
-before the context, the field is simply cleared.
-
-A GtkDestInfo is attached to each GdkDragContext
-that is received for an incoming drag. In contrast
-to the SourceInfo the DestInfo is "owned" by the
-context, and when the context is destroyed, destroyed.
-
-The GDK API
-===========
-
-It is expect that the GDK DND API will never be
-used by anything other than the DND code in GTK+.
-
-/* Drag and Drop */
-
-GdkDragContext * gdk_drag_context_new        (void);
-void             gdk_drag_context_ref        (GdkDragContext *context);
-void             gdk_drag_context_unref      (GdkDragContext *context);
-
-These create and refcount GdkDragContexts in a
-straightforward manner.
-
-/* Destination side */
-
-void             gdk_drag_status        (GdkDragContext   *context,
-				         GdkDragAction     action,
-					 guint32           time);
-void             gdk_drop_reply         (GdkDragContext   *context,
-					 gboolean          ok,
-					 guint32           time);
-void             gdk_drop_finish        (GdkDragContext   *context,
-					 gboolean          success,
-					 guint32           time);
-GdkAtom          gdk_drag_get_selection (GdkDragContext   *context);
-
-/* Source side */
-
-GdkDragContext * gdk_drag_begin      (GdkWindow      *window,
-				      GList          *targets,
-				      GdkDragAction   actions);
-gboolean         gdk_drag_get_protocol (guint32          xid,
-					GdkDragProtocol *protocol);
-void             gdk_drag_find_window (GdkDragContext   *context,
-				       GdkWindow       *drag_window,
-			 	       gint             x_root,
-				       gint             y_root,
-				       GdkWindow      **dest_window,
-				       GdkDragProtocol *protocol);
-gboolean        gdk_drag_motion      (GdkDragContext *context,
-				      GdkWindow      *dest_window,
-				      GdkDragProtocol protocol,
-				      gint            x_root, 
-				      gint            y_root,
-				      GdkDragAction   action,
-				      guint32         time);
-void            gdk_drag_drop        (GdkDragContext *context,
-				      guint32         time);
-void            gdk_drag_abort       (GdkDragContext *context,
-				      guint32         time);
-
-GdkAtom       gdk_drag_get_selection (GdkDragContext *context);
-
-Retrieves the selection that will be used to communicate
-the data for the drag context (valid on both source
-and dest sides)
-
-Cursors and window heirarchies
-==============================
-
-The DND code, when possible (and it isn't possible over
-Motif window) uses a shaped window as a drag icon.
-Because the cursor may fall inside this window during the
-drag, we actually have to figure out which window
-the cursor is in _ourselves_ so we can ignore the
-drag icon properly. (Oh for OutputOnly windows!)
-
-To avoid obscene amounts of server traffic (which are only
-slighly observerable locally, but would really kill a
-session over a slow link), the code in GDK does
-XGetWindowAttributes for every child of the root window at
-the beginning of the drag, then selects with
-SubstructureNotifyMask on the root window, so that
-it can update this list.
-
-It probably would be easier to just reread the entire
-list when one of these events occurs, instead of 
-incrementally updating, but updating the list in
-sync was sort of fun code, so I did it that way ;-)
-
-There is also a problem of trying to follow the
-mouse cursor as well as possible. Currently, the
-code uses PointerMotionHint, and an XQueryPointer
-on MotionNotify events. This results in pretty
-good syncing, but may result in somewhat poor
-accuracy for drops. (Because the coordinates of
-the drop are the coordinates when the server receives
-the button press, which might actually be before
-the XQueryPointer for the previous MotionNotify
-event is done.)
-
-Probably better is doing MotionNotify compression 
-and discarding MotionNotify events when there
-are more on the queue before the next ButtonPress/Release.
-
-Proxying
-========
-
-A perhaps rather unusual feature of GTK's DND is proxying. A
-dest site can be specified as a proxy drop site for another
-window. This is most needed for the plug-socket code - the
-socket needs to pass on drags to the plug since the original
-source only sees toplevel windows. However, it can also be
-used as a user visible proxy - i.e., dragging to buttons on
-the taskbar.
-
-Internally, when the outer drag enters a proxy dest site, a
-new source drag is created, with SourceInfo and
-GdkDragContext. From the GDK side, it looks much like a
-normal source drag; on the GTK+ side, most of the code is
-disjoint. The need to pass in a specific target window
-is the reason why the GDK DND API splits
-gdk_drag_find_window() and gdk_drag_motion().
-
-For proxy drags, the GtkDestInfo and GtkSourceInfo for the
-drag point at each other.
-
-Because the abstraction of the drag protocol is at the GDK
-level, a proxy drag from Motif to Xdnd or vice versa happens
-pretty much automatically during the drag, though the
-drop can get complicated. For Xdnd <-> Motif,
-Motif <-> Xdnd, or Motif <-> Motif drags, it is necessary to 
-for the Proxy to retrieve the data and pass it on to
-the true destination, since either the selection names
-differ or (Motif<->Motif), the proxy needs to know
-about the XmDRAG_SUCCESS/FAILURE selection targets.
-
-Further Reading:
-================
-
-Xdnd:
-
-The spec is at:
-
- http://www.cco.caltech.edu/~jafl/xdnd/
-
-Motif:
-
-The Motif DND protocol is best described in the 
-Hungry Programmers _Inside Lesstif_ book, available
-from:
-
-  http://www.igpm.rwth-aachen.de/~albrecht/hungry.html
-
-Harald Albrecht and Mitch Miers have done a far
-better job at documenting the DND protocol then
-anything the OpenGroup has produced.
-
-
-
-Owen Taylor
-otaylor@redhat.com
-Oct 18, 1998

docs/faq/gtkfaq.sgml

@@ -8,9 +8,7 @@
 
 <!-- NOTE: Use only one author tag, otherwise sgml2txt barfs - TRG --> 
 <author>Nathan Froyd, Tony Gale, Shawn T. Amundson.
-
-<date>July 6th 1998
-
+<date>May 11th 1998
 <abstract>
 This document is intended to answer questions that are likely to be 
 frequently asked by programmers using GTK+ or people who are just
@@ -365,7 +363,7 @@ using the following steps:
 <itemize>
 <item> In a bourne shell descendant (e.g. bash) type:
 <verb>
-export CVSROOT=':pserver:anonymous@anoncvs.gimp.org:/debian/home/gnomecvs'
+export CVSROOT=':pserver:anonymous@cvs.gimp.org:/debian/home/gnomecvs'
 </verb>
 <item>Next, the first time the source tree is checked out, a cvs login 
 is needed. 
@@ -376,16 +374,8 @@ This will ask you for a password. There is no password for cvs.gimp.org,
 so just enter a carriage return. 
 <item>To get the tree and place it in a subdir of your current working directory, issue the command: 
 <verb>
-cvs -z3 get gtk+
+cvs -z9 get gtk+
 </verb>
-
-Note that with the GTK+ 1.1 tree, glib has been moved to a separate CVS
-module, so if you don't have glib installed you will need to get that
-as well:
-<verb>
-cvs -z3 get glib
-</verb>
-
 </itemize>
 <!-- ----------------------------------------------------------------- -->
 <sect1>How can I contribute to GTK+?

docs/gdk.sgml

@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
-<!doctype linuxdoc system>
-
-<article>
-
-<!-- Title information -->
-
-<title>The GTK+ Drawing Kit Programming Manual
-<author>Shawn T. Amundson, Peter Mattis
-<date>July 26, 1998
-
-<abstract>
-This document aims at teaching user how to effectively program in
-GDK, the GTK+ Drawing Kit, and to serve as a reference guide to 
-more experienced GTK+ programmers.  It is a work in progress.
-
-<!-- Table of contents -->
-<toc>
-
-<!-- Begin the document -->
-
-<!-- ***************************************************************** -->
-<sect>Introduction
-
-<p>
-GDK is designed as a wrapper library that lies on top of Xlib. It
-performs many common and desired operations for a programmer instead
-of the programmer having to explicitly ask for such functionality from
-Xlib directly. For example, GDK provides a common interface to both
-regular and shared memory XImage types. By doing so, an application
-can nearly transparently use the fastest image type available. GDK
-also provides routines for determining the best available color depth
-and the best available visual which is not always the default visual
-for a screen.
-
-GDK is distributed and developed with GTK+, and is licensed under the 
-GNU Library General Public Licence (LGPL).
-
-<sect>Getting Started
-
-<sect1>Initialization
-<p>
-Initialization of GDK is easy.  Simply call gdk_init() passing 
-in the argc and argv parameters.
-
-<tscreen><verb>
-int main (int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    /* Initialize GDK. */
-    gdk_init (&amp;argc, &amp;argv);
-
-    /* Cleanup of GDK is done automatically when the program exits. */
-    return 0;
-}
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-Generally, GDK initialization is done by gtk_init() in GTK+.  This means 
-that when using GTK+, you do not need to directly call gdk_init().
-
-<sect1>An Example using GDK with GTK+ 
-<p>
-This example demonstrates drawing a line using the foreground
-color of the GtkDrawArea widget it is drawn inside.  The example 
-will end when you click inside the window, which is filled by the
-GtkDrawingArea widget.
-
-The line is drawn during the expose event so that when the window 
-drawing is done whenever it is needed.
-
-<tscreen><verb>
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-/* The expose callback does the drawing of the line */
-int
-expose_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventExpose *event, gpointer data)
-{
-    GdkGC *gc;
-
-    printf("expose...\n");
-
-
-    /* The GC is the Graphics Context.  Here it is borrowed from the widget */
-    gc = widget->style->fg_gc[GTK_STATE_NORMAL];
-
-    gdk_draw_line (widget->window,  /* GDK Window of GtkDrawingArea widget */
-                   gc,              /* Graphics Context */
-                   0,               /* x1, left */
-                   0,               /* y1, top */
-                   200,             /* x2, right */
-                   200);            /* y2, bottom */
-}
-
-/* This quits GTK+ */
-void destroy (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
-{
-    gtk_main_quit ();
-}
-
-int main (int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    GtkWidget *window;
-    GtkWidget *darea;
-    int events;
-
-    /* This initializes both GTK+ and GDK */
-    gtk_init (&amp;argc, &amp;argv);
-
-    /* Create a window */
-    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (destroy), NULL);
-
-    /* Create a drawing area widget. This widget actually is just a 
-       simple widget which provides us an GDK window to draw on and 
-       takes care of all the toolkit integration, like providing the
-       ability to add it to the window with gtk_contianer_add() */
-    darea = gtk_drawing_area_new ();
-    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), darea);
-
-    /* Set the width and height (arguments are in that order) */
-    gtk_drawing_area_size (GTK_DRAWING_AREA (darea), 200, 200);
-
-    /* Drawing in the expose event is important to keep the 
-       draw line always on the GDK window */
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (darea), "expose_event",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (expose_callback), NULL);
-
-    /* We get the events, then add in button press.  If we did not
-       do this, we would not be notified of button press events in
-       the GtkDrawingArea widget */
-    events = gtk_widget_get_events (darea);
-    gtk_widget_set_events (darea, events | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK);
-
-    /* If we click on the darea, the application will exit */
-    gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (darea), "button_press_event",
-                               GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy),
-                               GTK_OBJECT (window));
-
-    gtk_widget_show (darea);
-    gtk_widget_show (window);
-
-    /* The GTK+ main idle loop */
-    gtk_main();
-
-    /* Cleanup of GDK is done automatically when the program exits. */
-    return 0;
-}
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect>The Graphics Context 
-<p>
-The Graphics Context, or GC, defines how things should be drawn, 
-including color, font, fill, tile, stipple, clipping mask, line 
-width, line style, and join style.
-
-<sect1>Color
-<p>
-Changing color is done by changing the forground or background color 
-of the GC.
-
-<sect>Drawing Commands
-<sect>Event Handling
-<sect>Understanding and Using Visuals
-<sect>Creating and Using New Windows
-<sect>Pixmaps
-<sect>Images
-<sect>Fonts
-<sect>
-
-<sect>About this Document
-<sect1>History
-<P>
-This document was originially written by Peter Mattis and entitled
-"The General Drawing Kit".  It was meant as a reference guide.
-
-This version of the document has been renamed and is meant as a general
-programming guide.
-
-<sect1>Copying
-<p>
-Copyright (c) 1996 Peter Mattis
-<p>
-Copyright (c) 1998 Shawn T. Amundson
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
-approved by Peter Mattis.
-
-</article>

docs/glib.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,455 @@
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@c %**start of header
+@setfilename glib.info
+@settitle GLIB
+@setchapternewpage odd
+
+@set edition 1.0
+@set update-date 3 Feburary 1998
+@set update-month Feburary 1998
+@c %**end of header
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents GLIB, A library of useful routines for C programming
+
+Copyright (C) 1998 Gregory A McLean
+
+Permission is granted to make and distributed verbatim copies of this
+manual, provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies. 
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file throught TeX and print the 
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice 
+identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this 
+paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
+approved by Gregory McLean.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@titlepage
+@title GLIB, Useful routines for C programming 
+@subtitle Version 1.0
+@subtitle @value{update-month}
+@author by Gregory McLean
+
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1998 Gregory McLean
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
+approved by Gregory McLean.
+@end titlepage
+
+@dircategory Library of useful routines for 'C' programing
+@direntry
+* GLIB: (glib).        useful routines for 'C' programming
+@end direntry
+
+@node Top, Copying, (dir), (dir)
+@top useful routines for 'C' programming
+@ifinfo
+This is edition @value{edition} of the GLIB documentation,
+@w{@value{update-date}}.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@menu
+* Copying::                     Your rights.
+* Overview::                    What is GLIB?
+* Doubly linked lists::         Doubly linked lists
+* Signly linked lists::         Singly linked lists
+* List allocators::             List Allocators
+* Hash tables::                 Hash tables
+* Caches::                      Cache handling
+* Trees::                       Tree handling
+* Memory::                      Memory handling
+* Timers::                      Timer functions
+* Output::                      Output handling
+* Utilities::                   Utilitiy functions
+* Errors::                      Error handling
+* String Chunks::               String Chunks
+* Strings::                     String handling
+* Resizable arrays::            Resizeable arrays
+* GScanner::                    Flexible lexical scanner
+* Miscellany::                  Other stuff
+* Function Index::              Index of functions
+* Concept Index::               Index of concepts
+@end menu
+
+@node Copying, Overview, Top, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Copying
+
+@node Overview, Doubly linked lists, Copying, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter What is GLIB
+
+@node Doubly linked lists, Signly linked lists, Overview, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Doubly linked lists
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_alloc (void)
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_list_free (GList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_list_free_1 (GList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_append (GList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_prepend (GList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_insert (GList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data}, gint @var{position})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_insert_sorted (GList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data}, GCompareFunc @var{func})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_concat (GList *@var{list1}, GList *@var{list2})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_remove (GList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_remove_link (GList *@var{list}, GList *@var{link})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_reverse (GList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_nth (GList *@var{list}, gint @var{n})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_find (GList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_last (GList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_first (GList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gint g_list_length (GList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_list_foreach (GList *@var{list}, GFunc @var{func}, gpointer @var{user_data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Signly linked lists, List allocators, Doubly linked lists, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Signly linked lists
+
+@subsection Functions
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_alloc (void)
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_slist_free (GSList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_slist_free_1 (GSList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_append (GSList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_prepend (GSList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_insert (GSList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data}, gint @var{position})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_insert_sorted (GSList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data}, GCompareFunc @var{func})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_concat (GSList *@var{list1}, GSList *@var{list2})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_remove (GSList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_remove_link (GSList *@var{list}, GSList *@var{link})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_reverse (GSList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_nth (GSList *@var{list}, gint @var{n})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_find (GSList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_last (GSList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gint g_slist_length (GSList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_slist_foreach (GSList *@var{list}, GFunc @var{func}, gpointer @var{user_data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node List allocators, Hash tables, Signly linked lists, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter List allocators
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun GListAllocator* g_list_allocator_new (void)
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_list_allocator_free (GListAllocator *@var{allocator})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GListAllocator* g_slist_set_allocator (GListAllocator *@var{allocator})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GListAllocator* g_list_set_allocator (GListAllocator *@var{allocator})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Hash tables, Caches, List allocators, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Hash tables
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun GHashTable* g_hash_table_new (GHashFunc @var{hash_func}, GCompareFunc @var{key_compare_func})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_hash_table_destroy (GHashTable *@var{hash_table})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_hash_table_insert (GHashTable *@var{hash_table}, gpointer @var{key}, gpointer @var{value})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_hash_table_remove (GHashTable *@var{hash_table}, gpointer @var{key})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_hash_table_lookup (GHashTable *@var{hash_table}, gpointer @var{key})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_hash_table_freeze (GHashTable *@var{hash_table})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_hash_table_thaw (GHashTable *@var{hash_table})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_hash_table_foreach (GHashTable *@var{hash_table}, GHFunc @var{func}, gpointer @var{user_data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Caches, Trees, Hash tables, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Cache handling
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun GCache* g_cache_new (GCacheNewFunc @var{value_new_func}, GCacheDestroyFunc @var{value_destroy_func}, GCacheDupFunc @var{key_dup_func}, GCacheDestroyFunc @var{key_destroy_func}, GHashFunc @var{hash_key_func}, GHashFunc @var{hash_value_func}, GCompareFunc @var{key_compare_func})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_cache_destroy (GCache *@var{cache})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_cache_insert (GCache *@var{cache}, gpointer @var{key})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_cache_remove (GCache *@var{cache}, gpointer @var{key})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_cache_key_foreach (GCache *@var{cache}, GHFunc @var{func}, gpointer @var{user_data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_cache_value_foreach (GCache *@var{cache}, GHFunc @var{func}, gpointer @var{user_data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Trees, Memory, Caches, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Tree handling
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun GTree* g_tree_new (GCompareFunc @var{key_compare_func})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_tree_destroy (GTree *@var{tree})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_tree_remove (GTree *@var{tree}, gpointer @var{key}, gpointer @var{value})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_tree_lookup (GTree *@var{tree}, gpointer @var{key})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_tree_traverse (GTree *@var{tree}, GTraverseFunc @var{traverse_func}, GTraverseType @var{traverse_type}, gpointer @var{data}
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_tree_search (GTree *@var{tree}, GSearchFunc @var{search_func}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gint g_tree_height (GTree *@var{tree})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gint g_tree_nnodes (GTree *@var{tree})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Memory, Timers, Trees, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Memory handling
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_malloc (gulong @var{size})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_malloc0 (gulong @var{size})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_realloc (gpointer @var{mem}, gulong @var{size})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_profile (void)
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_check (gpointer @var{mem})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GMemChunk* g_mem_chunk_new (gchar *@var{name}, gint @var{atom_size}, gulong @var{area_size}, gint @var{type})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_chunk_destroy (GMemChunk *@var{mem_chunk})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_mem_chunk_alloc (GMemChunk *@var{mem_chunk})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_chunk_free (GMemChunk *@var{mem_chunk}, gpointer @var{mem})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_chunk_clean (GMemChunk *@var{mem_chunk})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_chunk_reset (GMemChunk *@var{mem_chunk})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_chunk_print (GMemChunk *@var{mem_chunk})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_chunk_info (void)
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_blow_chunks (void)
+Not what you might be thinking, @code{g_blow_chunks()} simply compresses all 
+the chunks. This operation consists of freeing every memory area that should
+be freed (but which we haven't gotten around to doing yet).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Timers, Output, Memory, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Timer functions
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun GTimer* g_timer_new (void)
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_timer_destroy (GTimer *@var{timer})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_timer_start (GTimer *@var{timer})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_timer_stop (GTimer *@var{timer})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_timer_reset (GTimer *@var{timer})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gdouble g_timer_elapsed (GTimer *@var{timer}, gulong *@var{microseconds})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Output, Utilities, Timers, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Output functions
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun void g_error (gchar *@var{format}, @dots{})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_warning (gchar *@var{format}, @dots{})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_message (gchar *@var{format}, @dots{})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_print (gchar *@var{format}, @dots{})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Utilities, Errors, Output, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Utility functions
+
+@node Errors, String Chunks, Utilities, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Error handling
+
+@node String Chunks, Strings, Errors, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter String chunks
+
+@node Strings, Resizable arrays, String Chunks, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter String handling
+
+@node Resizable arrays, GScanner, Strings, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Resizable arrays
+
+@node GScanner, Miscellany, Resizable arrays, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Flexible lexical scanner
+
+@node Miscellany, Function Index, GScanner, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Other stuff
+
+@node Function Index, Concept Index, Miscellany, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@unnumbered Function Index
+
+@printindex fn
+
+@node Concept Index, , Function Index, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@unnumbered Concept Index
+
+@printindex cp
+
+@summarycontents
+@contents 
+@bye
+

docs/gtk-config.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH GTK+ 1 "25 October 1998" Version 1.1.12
+.TH GTK+ 1 "11 May 1998" Version 1.0.2
 .SH NAME
 gtk-config - script to get information about the installed version of GTK+
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ and \-\-libs options.  This option must be specified before any
 .BR gimp (1),
 .BR gimptool (1)
 .SH COPYRIGHT
-Copyright \(co  1998 Owen Taylor
+Copyright \(co  1995 Spencer Kimball and Peter Mattis
 
 Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
 documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,

docs/gtk.texi

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
 @c Copyright (C) 1996 by Peter Mattis. All rights reserved.
-@c Portions Copyright (C) 1998 Marius Vollmer
 @c
 @c %**start of header
 @setfilename gtk.info
@@ -10,8 +9,8 @@
 @c %**end of header
 
 @set edition 1.0
-@set update-date 23 August 1998
-@set update-month August 1998
+@set update-date 29 January 1998
+@set update-month January 1998
 
 @ifinfo
 This file documents GTK, the GIMP Toolkit
@@ -45,7 +44,7 @@ approved by Peter Mattis.
 @title The GIMP Toolkit
 @subtitle Version @value{edition}
 @subtitle @value{update-month}
-@author by Peter Mattis and the GTK+ team
+@author by Peter Mattis
 
 @page
 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
@@ -84,8 +83,7 @@ This is edition @value{edition} of the GTK documentation,
 @menu
 * Copying::                     Your rights.
 * Overview::                    What is GTK?
-* Types::                       
-* Objects::                     
+* Objects::                     Object overview.
 * Signals::                     Signals overview.
 * Widgets::                     Widget overview.
 * Other Objects::               Utility objects.
@@ -122,17 +120,17 @@ copies of GTK, you must give the recipients all the rights that you
 have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
 code. And you must tell them their rights.
 
-Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone finds
+Also, for my own protection, we must make certain that everyone finds
 out that there is no warranty for GTK. If GTK is modified by someone
 else and passed on, we want their recipients to know that what they have
 is not what we distributed, so that any problems introduced by others
 will no reflect on our reputation.
 
 The precise conditions of the licenses for GTK are found in the General
-Public Licenses that accompany it.
+Public Licenses that accompanies it.
 
 
-@node Overview, Types, Copying, Top
+@node Overview, Objects, Copying, Top
 @comment node-name, next, previous, up
 @chapter What is GTK?
 @cindex Overview
@@ -153,261 +151,26 @@ label. However, the child widget can also be a pixmap, image or any
 combination possible the programmer desires. This flexibility is adhered
 to throughout the library.
 
-@c I think the next paragraph takes unproportionally much space for
-@c the thing it wants to say (compared to the rest of this overview).
-@c So Somebody please extend this overview with more generally interesting
-@c stuff. - mvo
 
-To make life easier for you, GTK presents this flexibility in a uniform
-framework.  Specifically, it implements its own support for object
-oriented programming that is well adapted to the purposes of a user
-interface toolkit and it aims at providing a reasonable sane and
-disciplined programming interface.  This uniformity and discipline is
-intended to make it easy and reliable to access GTK from languages other
-than C.  Especially more dynamic languages like Perl, Python or Scheme
-will find amble support, and in fact, bindings to these languages
-already exist.
-
-@node Types, Objects, Overview, Top
+@node Objects, Signals, Overview, Top
 @comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Types
-@cindex type
-@cindex type system
-@cindex class
+@chapter Object Overview
+@cindex Objects
 
-@flushright
-Other kid's games are all such a bore!
-They've gotta have rules and they gotta keep score!
-@*
--- Calvin about CalvinBall(tm)
-@end flushright
+GTK implements a semi-simple class mechanism and an associated class
+hierarchy for widgets and several other useful objects. The GtkObject
+type is the root of the class hierarchy. It provides a few items needed
+by all classes, the foundation for the signal (@pxref{Signals})
+mechanism and the ``destroy'' method.
 
-GTK implements a semi-simple type system with an associated class
-mechanism for widgets and several other useful objects.  This type
-system is intended to be general enough to allow both a smooth binding
-of dynamically typed languages to Gtk, as well as to serve for a
-rigorous and formalistic definition of the larger part of the Gtk API.
+The class hierarchy is defined by a type hierarchy. This hierarchy
+allows queries to be made in regards to a type. The basic query that can
+be performed is asking whether a given type has an ``is a'' relation
+with another type. For instance, it is common to ask whether a general
+widget pointer is a type of specific widget so that runtime sanity
+checks can be made.
 
-@c  The GtkObject
-@c  type is the root of the class hierarchy. It provides a few items needed
-@c  by all classes, the foundation for the signal (@pxref{Signals})
-@c  mechanism and the ``destroy'' method.
-
-The classes for the individual widgets are by far the most important
-part of this type system, but before we get to them, we describe the
-basics of the type system itself.  This is mostly of interest for widget
-writers and language binders, so you might want to skip ahead to the
-next chapter, which talks about the object oriented stuff.
-
-@menu
-* Type introduction::           
-* Basics::                      
-* Simple types::                
-* Enumerations and flags::      
-* Strings::                     
-* Boxed types::                 
-* Callbacks::                   
-* Composite types::             
-@end menu
-
-@node Type introduction, Basics, Types, Types
-@section Introduction to the Type System
-
-Gtk defines its own system of types, much like a computer language
-defines what types it supports.  Of course, the Gtk type system is build
-on top of the types that C provides, so it includes members like
-@samp{int}, @samp{long} and @samp{float}.  But, compared to C, it allows
-only few carefully selected types and specifies a lot of restrictions on
-the way you can use values of these types.  For example, there is no
-general facility for specifying @emph{pointer to X}.  Instead, we take a
-more higher level approach and define such things as @samp{string},
-which is just like a @code{char*} but with additional rules about how to
-manage the memory that it points to.
-
-The type system has two purposes: to define a formal system with which
-to describe the various exported features of Gtk; and to implement this
-system at run-time so that we get sound and flexible @dfn{dynamic} types
-for the dynamic languages that want to interface with Gtk.
-
-Let me restate this with different words, because I think it is
-important to understand this idea.  We will see in a moment that the
-type system is indeed well defined and all this detail is implemented
-with functions and data structures in Gtk.  For example, every type (and
-there can be any number of them) can be represented with a unique
-integer and Gtk has support for the necessary bookkeeping for this.
-Every type also has a name and there are functions for converting
-between the name of a type and its unique number.  Maybe more useful,
-there is a big discriminated union that can be used to pass around a
-value of any representable type, together with its precise type.
-
-This is the run-time or dynamic side of the type system.  Mostly, you do
-not need to use it when you don't want to.  The compile-time or static
-side of the type system can is used to statically define the programming
-interface of Gtk.  For example, suppose there is function @code{gtk_foo}
-in the Gtk API that has a prototype
-
-@example
-char *gtk_foo (char *);
-@end example
-
-This looks like it does something with strings.  But what does it do
-with the memory of the string that has been passed in, and what are we
-supposed or allowed to do with the memory that the returned pointer
-points to?  The more restricted type @samp{string} from the Gtk type
-system can be used to be more precise.  In fact, the definition of
-@samp{string} below includes the rule that when a @samp{string} is
-passed to a function, that function is not allowed to retain a pointer
-into the string beyond the life time of that function call.  So we are
-safe to deallocate it or override it when the function has returned.
-Likewise, the definition specifies that the memory of a @samp{string}
-that is returned from a function becomes the sole property of the
-calling function.  The calling function is responsible for deallocating
-it eventually and it can be sure that nobody else scribbles in it.  When
-@samp{gtk_foo} really obeys these rules, we can say that it takes one
-argument, which is a @samp{string}, and it returns a @samp{string}.
-
-Now we can understand why it makes sense to have a more restrictive type
-system than that of C.  With it, it is possible to be more precise and
-we actually have a framework where we can be sure that as long as we
-stay inside this framework we are not gratuitously causing trouble for
-languages that are more disciplined than C.  Of course, you are not
-restricted to making all your interfaces expressible within the
-framework.  There are valid reasons for breaking it, for performance or
-simply for convenience.  But please try to provide all the functionality
-of your module in such a way that it can be described with this type
-system and treat the non-conforming functions as additional goodies that
-are nice to have but not essential.  The reward is an instant
-accessibility of your code from a huge number of scripting and extension
-languages such as Perl, Python, and Guile.
-
-These formal specifications of the Gtk interface are contained in
-special declarations in the header files of Gtk.  They are ignored by
-the C compiler, but can be used by other language processors.  For extra
-convenience, these declarations are also available in a more condensed
-form that is easier to parse.  Tools for generating bindings of Gtk to
-other languages can read these declarations and---because all the
-important details are defined---automatically generate the bulk of the
-needed glue code.  It is also possible to feed these declarations into a
-running application (a interface builder, say) and thus make it aware of
-new widgets and functions without recompiling anything.
-
-The run-time side of the type system is also somewhat introspective.
-This means that you can query Gtk about all the members of an
-enumeration for example.  Gtk provides tools that help you provide this
-introspection for your definitions also.
-
-Types are not enough to completely specify an interface, so GTK also has
-@dfn{modes}.  A mode specifies what happens to a value when it crosses a
-module boundary; it can be @samp{in}, @samp{out}, or @samp{inout}.  Most
-fundamental types (and their derived types) support only mode @samp{in}.
-The modes @samp{out} and @samp{inout} can only be used with the
-composite types: lists and vectors.  When argument of these types are
-marked as @samp{out} or @samp{inout} it means that the called module is
-allowed to change the contents of the composite value and that these
-changes need to be propagated back to the originator of the value.  Mode
-@samp{out} means that the argument has no meaningful value at the
-beginning and should not be read.  Mode @samp{in} specifies that the
-called module is not allowed to change the value in any way.
-
-The type system allows for an unbounded number of types.  Every widget
-is a type for example and you can add new widget types at any time
-without confusing the run-time implementation of the type system.
-Nevertheless, all types are derived from a certain @dfn{fundamental}
-type, and there are only a small and finite number of fundamental types.
-We only specify rules for the fundamental types and all other types
-inherit these rules from their fundamental type.  For example,
-@samp{int} is a fundamental type, as is @samp{GtkObject}.  All widgets
-derive from @samp{GtkObject} and so the rules for @samp{GtkObject} apply
-to all widgets as well.
-
-This derivation defines a type hierachy, but this hierachy is not
-completely general.  You can't derive from @samp{int} for example, and
-you can only have one level of derivation from @samp{enum}.  The
-fundamental type @samp{GtkObject}, however, is the basis for the large
-and deep hierarchy of widget types.
-
-The individual fundamental types are defined and explained in the
-following sections.  Here is a complete list of them:
-
-@table @samp
-@item none
-The not-a-value type, similar to @samp{void}.
-@item char
-A character.  Internationalization issues are still undecided.
-@item bool
-True or false.
-@item byte, ubyte, int, uint, long, ulong, float, double
-The usual assortment of scalar types.
-@item string
-A string.  Internationalization issues are still undecided.
-@item enum, flags
-Enumerations with a fixed set of literals.  Either used to express a
-single choice from this set or to individually turn on and off several
-flags.
-@item boxed
-A pointer to an opaque structure that can be copied and destroyed.
-@item callback
-A pointer to a function with enough extra information so that it can
-also be used for functions written in languages completely different
-from C.
-@item GtkObject
-A pointer to a GtkObject or derived type.  The fun starts here.
-@item args, slist, dlist, cvec, tvec
-An assortment of composite types like linked lists and counted or
-zero-terminated arrays.
-@item pointer, signal, c_callback
-Obsolete types.
-@end table
-
-@node Basics, Simple types, Type introduction, Types
-@section Basic Concepts
-
-The basis for the type system are the fundamental types.  At run-time,
-they are represented by members of the @code{GtkFundamentalType}
-enumeration.  For the static declarations, they are identified with a
-unique name.
-
-@deftp {Enumeration} GtkFundamentalType
-This enumeration contains a member for each defined fundamental type.
-Most members are listed along with the description of their semantics,
-but one is listed here:
-
-@table @code
-@item GTK_TYPE_INVALID
-No valid type is derived from this.  Use @code{GTK_TYPE_INVALID} to
-express exceptional situations.  This member does not really correspond
-to a fundamental type and thus there is no name for it.
-@end table
-@end deftp
-
-@deftp {Data type} GtkType
-The type @code{GtkType} holds the run-time representation of a type.  It
-is a integer of a certain size.  The follwing macros are defined to
-access the basic properties of a @code{GtkType}:
-
-@deftypefn {Macro} {unsigned int} GTK_TYPE_SEQNO (GtkType type)
-Returns the sequence number of @var{type}.  The sequence numbers are
-guaranteed to be dense, i.e., you can use them to index a table and the
-table need not be much larger than the number of different GtkTypes that
-you might encounter.
-@end deftypefn
-
-@deftypefn {Macro} GtkFundamentalType GTK_FUNDAMENTAL_TYPE (GtkType type)
-Returns the fundamental type of @var{type}.
-@end deftypefn
-
-Both macros simply access different bit-fields of a @code{GtkType}, so
-they are very efficient.
-@end deftp
-
-New types are registered with the @code{gtk_type_unique} function.  Any
-kind oftype can be registered with @code{gtk_type_unique} but there are
-convenience functions for most fundamental types.  Each fundamental type
-has its own interpretation of the rules below and these convenience
-functions should be used to automatically get the type registration
-right.  So, don't be put off by the apparent complexity of the interface
-to @code{gtk_type_unique}.  You will be using it only for new widgets,
-and there the rules are simple.
+@section Type utility functions
 
 The @code{GtkTypeInfo} structure is used to communicate information to
 @code{gtk_type_unique} as opposed to passing in large numbers of
@@ -423,257 +186,123 @@ struct _GtkTypeInfo
   guint class_size;
   GtkClassInitFunc class_init_func;
   GtkObjectInitFunc object_init_func;
-  gpointer reserved_1;
-  gpointer reserved_2;
-  GtkClassInitFunc base_class_init_func;
+  GtkArgSetFunc arg_set_func;
+  GtkArgGetFunc arg_get_func;
 @}
 @end example
 
 @itemize @bullet
 @item
-The @code{type_name} field refers to the name of the type.  This is the
-same name that is used in the static definitions.  It is convention for
-the type name to be closely related to the name of the underlying C
-type. For example, the type name of the @code{GtkObject} structure is
-``GtkObject'', and the name of the @code{GtkWindowType} enumeration is
-``GtkWindowType''.  Note that the C type corresponding to ``GtkObject''
-is really a pointer to a @code{GtkObject} struct, but the name has no
-``*'' in it.
+The @code{type_name} field refers to the name of the type. It is
+convention for the type name to be the same as the C structure type. For
+example, the type name of the @code{GtkObject} structure is
+``GtkObject''.
 
 @item
 The @code{object_size} field refers to the size in bytes of the C
-structure for types that have such a structure. The easiest (and
-portable) means of computing this size is by using the C @code{sizeof}
-operator. For instance, the sizeof of the @code{GtkObject} structure is
-computed by doing @code{sizeof (GtkObject)}.  When the type has no
-associated structure or when you do not want to support the
-@code{gtk_type_new} function for the new type, set @code{object_size} to
-0.  Only types derived from GTK_TYPE_OBJECT can be handled by
-@code{gtk_type_new}, anyway.
+structure. The easiest (and portable) means of computing this size is by
+using the C @code{sizeof} operator. For instance, the sizeof of the
+@code{GtkObject} structure is computed by doing @code{sizeof
+(GtkObject)}.
 
 @item
 The @code{class_size} field refers to the size in bytes of the C
-structure for the class.  Again, the @code{sizeof} operator should be
-used to compute this value.  If you don't want to have a class structure
-for this type, set the field to 0.  @code{gtk_type_class} will then
-always return @code{NULL}.
+structure for the class. Again, the @code{sizeof} operator should be
+used to compute this value.
 
 @item
-The @code{class_init_func} and @code{base_class_init_func} fields are
-callbacks which are used by the type mechanism to initialize class
-specific fields. The single argument these function taks is a pointer to
-a class structure.  When you do not need one or both of them, set the
-corresponding field to @code{NULL}.  The @code{class_init_func} will be
-called at most once, right after the class structure of size
-@code{class_size} has been allocated.  The interaction between
-@code{class_init_func} and @code{base_class_init_func} is only really
-useful for the full-fledged object system.  It is described there
-@pxref{Objects}.
+The @code{class_init_func} field is a callback which is used by the type
+mechanism to initialize class specific fields. The single argument this
+function takes is a pointer to a class structure.
 
 @item
 The @code{object_init_func} field is a callback which is used by the
-type mechanism to initialize object specific fields for structures that
-have been allocated via @code{gtk_type_new}. The single argument this
-functions takes is a pointer to an object structure.  If you do not want
-any special object initialization to take place, set this to
-@code{NULL}.  All object initialization functions for all types that are
-part of the inheritance chain are called, starting with the most basic
-type.
+type mechanism to initialize object specific fields. The single argument
+this functions takes is a pointer to an object structure.
+
+@c FIXME!! Document the arg_set_func and arg_get_func..
 
 @end itemize
 
-@deftypefun guint gtk_type_unique (GtkType @var{parent_type}, GtkTypeInfo *@var{type_info})
-The @var{parent_type} is simply the new types parent type. If
-@var{parent_type} is GTK_TYPE_INVALID, then the new type is a new
-fundamental type.  You should @b{never} register new fundamental types.
-@var{type_info} is a pointer to a structure which contains necessary
-information for construction of the new type.
-
-You can only register a specific name once.
+@deftypefun guint gtk_type_unique (guint @var{parent_type}, GtkTypeInfo *@var{type_info})
+The @var{parent_type} is simply the value of the new types parent
+type. If @var{parent_type} is 0, then the new type is the root of the
+type hierarchy. @var{type_info} is a pointer to a structure which
+contains necessary information for construction of the new
+type. Specifically, the @code{type_name}, @code{object_size} and
+@code{class_size} fields are required. The @code{class_init_func},
+@code{object_init_func} and @code{value_init_func} fields may be NULL.
 @end deftypefun
 
-@deftypefun gchar* gtk_type_name (GtkType @var{type})
+@deftypefun gchar* gtk_type_name (guint @var{type})
 The returned string is the name of @var{type} as specified to
 @code{gtk_type_unique}.
 @end deftypefun
 
-@deftypefun GtkType gtk_type_from_name (guchar *@var{name})
+@deftypefun guint gtk_type_from_name (guchar *@var{name})
 Return the type associated with @var{name}. If there is no type
-associated with @var{name}, then GTK_TYPE_INVALID will be returned.
+associated with @var{name}, then 0 will be returned.
 @end deftypefun
 
-@deftypefun GtkType gtk_type_parent (GtkType @var{type})
-Returns the parent type of @var{type} or GTK_TYPE_INVALID if @var{type}
-is a fundamental type.
+@deftypefun guint gtk_type_parent (guint @var{type})
+Returns the parent type of @var{type} or 0 if @var{type} is the root of
+the type hierarchy.
 @end deftypefun
 
-@deftypefun gpointer gtk_type_class (GtkType @var{type})
+@deftypefun gpointer gtk_type_class (guint @var{type})
 Returns the initialized class structure for @var{type}. The class
 structure is actually created and initialized the first time it is
-needed.  Refer to @pxref{Objects} for details on how this initialization works for GTK_TYPE_OBJECT derived types.
-
-@c  If creation and initialization occurs, the @code{class_size}
-@c  field of the @code{GtkTypeInfo} structure used to initialize this type
-@c  is used to determine how large the class structure is. The
-@c  @code{class_init_func} field from the @code{GtkTypeInfo} structure is
-@c  called for all the members in the types ancestry, including the
-@c  type. The order of this invocation proceeds from the root on down. For
-@c  example, the @code{GtkWidgetClass} is first initialized as an
-@c  @code{GtkObjectClass} by the object class initialization routine and
-@c  then by the widget class initialization routine. This allows the widget
-@c  class initialization routine to override values set by the object class
-@c  initialization routine.
-
-The returned structure is shared by all objects of @var{type} and, as
-such, should not be modified.
+needed. If creation and initialization occurs, the @code{class_size}
+field of the @code{GtkTypeInfo} structure used to initialize this type
+is used to determine how large the class structure is. The
+@code{class_init_func} field from the @code{GtkTypeInfo} structure is
+called for all the members in the types ancestry, including the
+type. The order of this invocation proceeds from the root on down. For
+example, the @code{GtkWidgetClass} is first initialized as an
+@code{GtkObjectClass} by the object class initialization routine and
+then by the widget class initialization routine. This allows the widget
+class initialization routine to override values set by the object class
+initialization routine. The returned structure is shared by all objects
+of @var{type} and, as such, should not be modified.
 @end deftypefun
 
-@deftypefun gpointer gtk_type_new (GtkType @var{type})
-Returns a new instance of an @var{type} object.  This works only for GTK_TYPE_OBJECT derived types.  Please see @pxref{Objects}.
-@c  The @code{object_size}
-@c  and @code{object_init_func} fields of the @code{GtkTypeInfo} structure
-@c  are used to determine the objects allocated size and the object specific
-@c  initialization routine. Similarly to the class initialization, all the
-@c  object initialization routines from the root on down to the particular
-@c  type being created are invoked.
+@deftypefun gpointer gtk_type_new (guint @var{type})
+Returns a new instance of an @var{type} object. The object structure is
+created and initialized similarly to the class structure (as described
+above). The @code{object_size} and @code{object_init_func} fields of the
+@code{GtkTypeInfo} structure are used to determine the objects allocated
+size and the object specific initialization routine. Similarly to the
+class initialization, all the object initialization routines from the
+root on down to the particular type being created are invoked.
 @end deftypefun
 
-@deftypefun void gtk_type_describe_heritage (GtkType @var{type})
+@deftypefun void gtk_type_describe_heritage (guint @var{type})
 Prints the type heritage for @var{type}. The heritage for a type
 includes the type and all its parent types up the type tree.
 @end deftypefun
 
-@deftypefun void gtk_type_describe_tree (GtkType @var{type}, gboolean @var{show_size})
+@deftypefun void gtk_type_describe_tree (guint @var{type}, gint @var{show_size})
 Prints the type tree which starts at @var{type}. @var{show_size} is a
 boolean which determines whether type sizes are printed.
 @end deftypefun
 
-@deftypefun gboolean gtk_type_is_a (GtkType @var{type}, GtkType @var{is_a_type})
+@deftypefun gint gtk_type_is_a (guint @var{type}, guint @var{is_a_type})
 A predicate function which determines whether the relation @var{type}
 is_a @var{is_a_type} is true.
 @end deftypefun
 
-@c  @deftypefun void gtk_type_get_arg (GtkObject *@var{object}, GtkType @var{type}, GtkArg *@var{arg}, guint @var{arg_id})
-@c  @end deftypefun
-
-@c  @deftypefun void gtk_type_set_arg (GtkObject *@var{object}, GtkType @var{type}, GtkArg *@var{arg}, guint @var{arg_id})
-@c  @end deftypefun
-
-Values of all types can be handled uniformly by storing them into a
-@code{GtkArg} structure.  The @code{GtkArg} has the following fields:
-
-@table @code
-@item gchar *name
-This can be used to give the value represented by this @code{GtkArg}
-structure a name.  It is not used much.
-
-@item GtkType type
-The type of this value.
-
-@item union d
-A big union that has (at least conceptually) one member for each
-fundamental type.  You should not access these members directly.
-Rather, use the @code{GTK_VALUE_*} macros.  There is one macro for each
-fundamental type, and its name is derived from the name of the
-GtkFundamentalType enumeration members simply by replacing ``Gtk_TYPE''
-with ``GTK_VALUE''.  All @code{GTK_VALUE_*} macros take a @code{GtkArg}
-structure as their only parameter (@emph{not} a pointer) and evaluate to
-a lvalue.
-@end table
-
-For example, the accessor for the fundamental type GTK_TYPE_INT is
-called GTK_VALUE_INT and you could use it like this:
-
-@example
-GtkArg value;
-
-value.name = NULL;
-value.type = GTK_TYPE_INT;
-GTK_VALUE_INT(value) = 7;
-@end example
-
-@node Simple types, Enumerations and flags, Basics, Types
-@section Simple Types
-
-The Gtk type system has a full set of the usual simple types: integers,
-floating point numbers, but also boolean and character.  You can not
-derive new types from these.
-
-@multitable {GTK_TYPE_POINTER} {"gpointer"} {xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx}
-@item Enum @tab Name @tab Description
-@item GTK_TYPE_NONE @tab "void"
-@tab A type without value.
-@item GTK_TYPE_CHAR @tab "char"
-@tab A 8-bit unsigned number representing a character.  Numbers
-     between 0 and 127 are ASCII, the rest is undefined.
-@item GTK_TYPE_BOOL @tab "gboolean"
-@tab The boolean type.  It is some small integer where the number 0
-     represents false and 1 is true.  No other values are allowed.
-@item GTK_TYPE_INT @tab "gint"
-@tab A signed integer with at least 32 bits.
-@item GTK_TYPE_UINT @tab "guint"
-@tab A unsigned integer with at least 32 bits.
-@item GTK_TYPE_LONG @tab "glong"
-@tab A signed integer with at least 32 bits.
-@item GTK_TYPE_ULONG @tab "gulong"
-@tab A unsigned integer with at least 32 bits.  This is large enough to
-     hold a coerced pointer.
-@item GTK_TYPE_FLOAT @tab "gfloat"
-@tab A single precision floating point number.
-@item GTK_TYPE_DOUBLE @tab "gfloat"
-@tab A souble precision floating point number.
-@item GTK_TYPE_POINTER @tab "gpointer"
-@tab A untyped pointer.  Do not use this if you can avoid it.
-@end multitable
-
-The values of these types are all represented `directly' with the C
-types that are indicated in the `name' column above.  @pxref{Boxed
-types} for a discussion of this.
-
-@node Enumerations and flags, Strings, Simple types, Types
-@section Enumerations and Flags
-
-@node Strings, Boxed types, Enumerations and flags, Types
-@section Strings
-
-@node Boxed types, Callbacks, Strings, Types
-@section Boxed Types
-
-@node Callbacks, Composite types, Boxed types, Types
-@section Callbacks
-
-@node Composite types,  , Callbacks, Types
-@section Composite Types
-
-@node Objects, Signals, Types, Top
-@chapter Objects
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+@deftypefun void gtk_type_get_arg (GtkObject *@var{object}, GtkType @var{type}, GtkArg *@var{arg}, guint @var{arg_id})
+@end deftypefun
 
+@deftypefun void gtk_type_set_arg (GtkObject *@var{object}, GtkType @var{type}, GtkArg *@var{arg}, guint @var{arg_id})
+@end deftypefun
 
 @section Object functions
 
 The GtkObject type is the root of the type hierarchy used by GTK. It
-provides a minimal set of fields used to implement the actual object,
-class and signal mechanisms, as well as several utility routines which
-make dealing with objects easier.
+provides a minimal set of fields used to implement the actual
+object, class and signal mechanisms, as well as several utility routines
+which make dealing with objects easier.
 
 For the adventurous, see @ref{Object Implementation}.
 
@@ -1122,37 +751,36 @@ The available widgets (in alphabetical order):
 @menu
 * GtkAlignment::                The alignment widget.
 * GtkArrow::                    The arrow widget.
-* GtkAspectFrame::              The aspect frame widget.
+* GtkAspectFrame::		The aspect frame widget.
 * GtkBin::                      The bin widget.
 * GtkBox::                      The box widget.
-* GtkButtonBox::                The button box widget.
+* GtkButtonBox::		The button box widget.
 * GtkButton::                   The button widget.
 * GtkCheckButton::              The check button widget.
 * GtkCheckMenuItem::            The check menu item widget.
-* GtkCList::                    The compound list widget.
-* GtkColorSelection::           The color selector widget.
-* GtkCombo::                    The combo box widget.
+* GtkCList::			The compound list widget.
+* GtkColorSelection::		The color selector widget.
+* GtkCombo::			The combo box widget.
 * GtkContainer::                The container widget.
-* GtkCTree::                    The multi-column tree widget.
-* GtkCurve::                    The curve widget.
-* GtkGammaCurve::               The gamma curve widget.
+* GtkCurve::			The curve widget.
+* GtkGammaCurve::		The gamma curve widget.
 * GtkDialog::                   The dialog widget.
 * GtkDrawingArea::              The drawing area widget.
 * GtkEntry::                    The entry widget.
-* GtkEventBox::                 The event box widget.
+* GtkEventBox::			The event box widget.
 * GtkFileSelection::            The file selection dialog widget.
-* GtkFixed::                    The fixed widget.
+* GtkFixed::			The fixed widget.
 * GtkFrame::                    The frame widget.
-* GtkGamma::                    The gamma widget.
+* GtkGamma::			The gamma widget.
 * GtkHBox::                     The horizontal box widget.
-* GtkHButtonBox::               The horizontal button box widget.
-* GtkHPaned::                   The horizontal paned widget.
+* GtkHButtonBox::		The horizontal button box widget.
+* GtkHPaned::			The horizontal paned widget.
 * GtkHRuler::                   The horizontal ruler widget.
 * GtkHScale::                   The horizontal scale widget.
 * GtkHScrollbar::               The horizontal scrollbar widget.
 * GtkHSeparator::               The horizontal separator widget.
 * GtkImage::                    The image widget.
-* GtkInputDialog::              The input dialog widget.
+* GtkInputDialog::		The input dialog widget.
 * GtkItem::                     The item widget.
 * GtkLabel::                    The label widget.
 * GtkList::                     The list widget.
@@ -1164,7 +792,7 @@ The available widgets (in alphabetical order):
 * GtkMisc::                     The misc widget.
 * GtkNotebook::                 The notebook widget.
 * GtkOptionMenu::               The option menu widget.
-* GtkPaned::                    The paned widget.
+* GtkPaned::			The paned widget.
 * GtkPixmap::                   The pixmap widget.
 * GtkPreview::                  The preview widget.
 * GtkProgressBar::              The progress bar widget.
@@ -1176,18 +804,18 @@ The available widgets (in alphabetical order):
 * GtkScrollbar::                The scrollbar widget.
 * GtkScrolledWindow::           The scrolled window widget.
 * GtkSeparator::                The separator widget.
-* GtkStatusbar::                The statusbar widget.
+* GtkStatusbar::		The statusbar widget.
 * GtkTable::                    The table widget.
 * GtkText::                     The text widget.
 * GtkToggleButton::             The toggle button widget.
-* GtkToolbar::                  The tool bar widget.
-* GtkTooltips::                 The tool tips widget.
+* GtkToolbar::			The tool bar widget.
+* GtkTooltips::			The tool tips widget.
 * GtkTree::                     The tree widget.
 * GtkTreeItem::                 The tree item widget.
 * GtkVBox::                     The vertical box widget.
-* GtkVButtonBox::               The vertical button box widget.
+* GtkVButtonBox::		The vertical button box widget.
 * GtkViewport::                 The viewport widget.
-* GtkVPaned::                   The vertical paned widget.
+* GtkVPaned::			The vertical paned widget.
 * GtkVRuler::                   The vertical ruler widget.
 * GtkVScale::                   The vertical scale widget.
 * GtkVScrollbar::               The vertical scrollbar widget.
@@ -1805,7 +1433,7 @@ values @var{label}. The new widget is returned as a pointer to a
 @gtkstdmacros{CheckButton, CHECK_BUTTON}
 
 @page
-@node GtkCheckMenuItem, GtkCList, GtkCheckButton, Widgets
+@node GtkCheckMenuItem, GtkCList, GtkCheckButton, Widgets,
 @comment node-name, next, previous, up
 @section The check menu item widget
 
@@ -2146,7 +1774,7 @@ a @code{GtkWidget} object. @code{NULL} is returned on failure.
 @gtkstdmacros{Combo, COMBO}
 
 @page
-@node GtkContainer, GtkCTree, GtkCombo, Widgets
+@node GtkContainer, GtkCurve, GtkCombo, Widgets
 @comment node-name, next, previous, up
 @section The container widget
 
@@ -2225,111 +1853,8 @@ Remove @var{widget} from @var{container}.
 
 @gtkstdmacros{Container, CONTAINER}
 
-@page 
-@node GtkCTree, GtkCurve, GtkContainer, Widgets
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@section The multi-column tree widget
-
-@subsection Description
-
-The GtkCTree widget is a multi-columned list with a designated column, the 
-@code{tree column}, to display hierarchically-organized data. Each node is
-either a folder (a branch of the tree) or a leaf. Nodes can be
-(recursively) expanded, collapsed, (un)selected, removed, moved, sorted etc. 
-
-GtkCTree is a descendant of @pxref{GtkCList}. Therefore, a cell in a column
-other than the tree column can only contain a string, a pixmap, both or 
-nothing. A node in the tree column can contain a string and up to two pixmaps
-and masks, indicating the "folder openend" and "folder closed" status.
-
-Compared to GtkCList, there is no concept of row numbers. Therefore, a number
-of GtkCList methods had to be re-implemented taking @code{GList *node} 
-arguments instead of @code{gint row}.
-
-@subsection Options
-
-@subsection Signals
-
-@deftypefn Signal void GtkCTree::tree_expand (GtkCTree *@var{ctree}, GList *@var{node})
-@end deftypefn
-@deftypefn Signal void GtkCTree::tree_collapse (GtkCTree *@var{ctree}, GList *@var{node})
-@end deftypefn
-@deftypefn Signal void GtkCTree::tree_move (GtkCTree *@var{ctree}, GList *@var{node}, GList *@var{new_parent}, GList *@var{new_sibling})
-@end deftypefn
-@deftypefn Signal void GtkCTree::tree_select_row (GtkCTree *@var{ctree}, GList *@var{row}, gint @var{column})
-@end deftypefn
-@deftypefn Signal void GtkCTree::tree_unselect_row (GtkCTree *@var{ctree}, GList *@var{row}, gint @var{column})
-@end deftypefn
-
-@subsection Functions
-
-@deftypefun GtkType gtk_ctree_get_type (void)
-Returns the @code{GtkCTree} type identifier.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun GtkWidget* gtk_ctree_new (gint @var{columns}, gint @var{tree_column})
-Creates a new GtkCTree widget with the given number of columns and the given tree column.
-
-On success, a pointer to the newly created widget is returned, and @code{NULL} otherwise.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun GtkWidget* gtk_ctree_new_with_titles (gint @var{columns}, gint @var{tree_column}, gchar *@var{titles[]})
-Creates a new GtkCTree widget with the given number of columns and the given tree column. The column titles are initialized to the strings of the array @var{titles}.
-
-On success, a pointer to the newly created widget is returned, and @code{NULL} otherwise.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun GList* gtk_ctree_insert (GtkCTree *@var{ctree}, GList *@var{parent}, GList *@var{sibling}, gchar *@var{text[]}, guint8 @var{spacing}, GdkPixmap *@var{pixmap_closed}, GdkPixmap *@var{mask_closed}, GdkPixmap *@var{pixmap_opened}, GdkPixmap *@var{mask_opened}, gboolean @var{is_leaf}, gboolean @var{expanded})
-Inserts a new node at the given position. If @var{parent} == NULL, the node is
-inserted at root level. If @var{sibling} == NULL, the node is appended to the 
-existing list of siblings. Otherwise, the node is inserted before @var{sibling}.
-If not NULL, the two pixmaps/masks are used to indicate the opened/closed status
-of the node. @var{spacing} is the number of pixels between pixmap and text.
-If @var{is_leaf} == TRUE, the node cannot have any children.
-The initial expanded/collapsed status is given by @var{expanded}.
-
-On success, the pointer to the newly inserted node is returned, and NULL 
-otherwise.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun void gtk_ctree_remove (GtkCTree *@var{ctree}, GList *@var{node})
-Removes the given node and all its children.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun void gtk_ctree_clear (GtkCTree *@var{ctree})
-Removes all nodes of @var{ctree}.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun void gtk_ctree_post_recursive (GtkCTree *@var{ctree}, GList *@var{node}, GtkCTreeFunc @var{func}, gpointer @var{data})
-Apply @var{func} to @var{node} and all its children, traversing @var{ctree} in
-post-order.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun void gtk_ctree_pre_recursive (GtkCTree *@var{ctree}, GList *@var{node}, GtkCTreeFunc @var{func}, gpointer @var{data})
-Apply @var{func} to @var{node} and all its children, traversing @var{ctree} in
-pre-order.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun gboolean gtk_ctree_is_visible (GtkCTree *@var{ctree}, GList *@var{node})
-Returns the visibility status of the given node. A node is said to be visible
-if in the chain of parent nodes every node is expanded. Or : the node is 
-currently being displayed (but not necessarily inside the viewing area).
-@end deftypefun
-
-@c @deftypefun void gtk_ctree_scroll_to (GtkCTree *@var{ctree}, gint @var{row}, gint@var{column}, gfloat @var{row_align}, gfloat @var{col_align})
-@c Scroll the viewing area of the @code{GtkCtree} in @var{ctree} to @var{column}
-@c and @var{row}. The @var{row_align} and @var{col_align} are between zero and
-@c one, representing the location the row should appear on screen. Setting 
-@c @var{row_align} or the @var{col_align} to 0.0 will be the top or left of the
-@c viewing area. Setting the @var{row_align} or @var{col_align} to 1.0 will
-@c be the bottom or right of the viewing area. If the @var{row} or @var{column}
-@c is -1 then there is no change.
-@c @end deftypefun
-
-@gtkstdmacros{CTree, CTREE}
-
 @page
-@node GtkCurve, GtkGammaCurve, GtkCTree, Widgets
+@node GtkCurve, GtkGammaCurve, GtkContainer, Widgets
 @comment node-name, next, previous, up
 @section The curve widget
 
@@ -4899,7 +4424,7 @@ Returns the @code{GtkWidget} type identifier.
 
 
 @page
-@node GtkWindow,  , GtkWidget, Widgets
+@node GtkWindow, , GtkWidget, Widgets
 @comment node-name, next, previous, up
 @section The window widget
 
@@ -5048,11 +4573,11 @@ above.
 
 
 @menu
-* GtkAcceleratorTable::         The accelerator table object.
+* GtkAcceleratorTable::		The accelerator table object.
 * GtkAdjustment::               The adjustment object.
-* GtkGC::                       The GC object.
+* GtkGC::			The GC object.
 * GtkData::                     The data object.
-* GtkStyle::                    The style object.
+* GtkStyle::			The style object.
 @end menu
 
 
@@ -5135,7 +4660,7 @@ Returns the @code{GtkData} type identifier.
 
 @gtkstdmacros{Data, DATA}
 @page
-@node GtkStyle,  , GtkData, Other Objects
+@node GtkStyle, ,GtkData, Other Objects
 @section The style object
 
 @subsection Description
@@ -5150,7 +4675,7 @@ Returns the @code{GtkData} type identifier.
 
 @menu
 * Initialization and exit::     Initializing and exiting GTK.
-* Customization::               Customizing the library.
+* Customization::		Customizing the library.
 * Menu Factories::              Simplified menu creation.
 * Tree Factories::              Simplified tree creation.
 * Tool Tips::                   Pop up help mechanism.
@@ -5260,7 +4785,7 @@ you.
 @section Resource Files
 
 @page
-@node Standard Macros,  , Resource Files, Miscellaneous
+@node Standard Macros, , Resource Files, Miscellaneous
 @comment node-name, next, previous, up
 @section Macros defined by all objects
 
@@ -5290,7 +4815,7 @@ Cast a generic pointer to @code{Gtk<ObjectType>Class*}. Like
 @deftypefun gint GTK_IS_<ObjectType> (gpointer @var{obj})
 Determine if a generic pointer refers to a @code{Gtk<ObjectType>}
 object. This function is, in reality, a macro wrapper around the
-@code{gtk_type_is_a} function (@pxref{Types}).
+@code{gtk_type_is_a} function (@pxref{Objects}).
 @end deftypefun
 
 
@@ -5446,7 +4971,7 @@ main (int argc, char *argv[])
 @end example
 
 
-@node Hello World III,  , Hello World II, Examples
+@node Hello World III, , Hello World II, Examples
 @comment node-name, next, previous, up
 @section Making Hello World II robust
 
@@ -5634,7 +5159,7 @@ array instead of a linked list. This would shrink the overhead of the
 @printindex fn
 
 
-@node Concept Index,  , Function Index, Top
+@node Concept Index, , Function Index, Top
 @comment node-name, next, previous, up
 @unnumbered Concept Index
 
@@ -5644,5 +5169,3 @@ array instead of a linked list. This would shrink the overhead of the
 @summarycontents
 @contents
 @bye
-
-@c  LocalWords:  Gtk API formalistic

docs/gtkfaq.sgml

@@ -8,9 +8,7 @@
 
 <!-- NOTE: Use only one author tag, otherwise sgml2txt barfs - TRG --> 
 <author>Nathan Froyd, Tony Gale, Shawn T. Amundson.
-
-<date>July 6th 1998
-
+<date>May 11th 1998
 <abstract>
 This document is intended to answer questions that are likely to be 
 frequently asked by programmers using GTK+ or people who are just
@@ -365,7 +363,7 @@ using the following steps:
 <itemize>
 <item> In a bourne shell descendant (e.g. bash) type:
 <verb>
-export CVSROOT=':pserver:anonymous@anoncvs.gimp.org:/debian/home/gnomecvs'
+export CVSROOT=':pserver:anonymous@cvs.gimp.org:/debian/home/gnomecvs'
 </verb>
 <item>Next, the first time the source tree is checked out, a cvs login 
 is needed. 
@@ -376,16 +374,8 @@ This will ask you for a password. There is no password for cvs.gimp.org,
 so just enter a carriage return. 
 <item>To get the tree and place it in a subdir of your current working directory, issue the command: 
 <verb>
-cvs -z3 get gtk+
+cvs -z9 get gtk+
 </verb>
-
-Note that with the GTK+ 1.1 tree, glib has been moved to a separate CVS
-module, so if you don't have glib installed you will need to get that
-as well:
-<verb>
-cvs -z3 get glib
-</verb>
-
 </itemize>
 <!-- ----------------------------------------------------------------- -->
 <sect1>How can I contribute to GTK+?

docs/man/gtk.pod

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+GTK+ - The GIMP Toolkit
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+ For information on GTK+, see the man pages below.
+
+=head1 COMMANDS
+
+=head1 CONTAINER WIDGETS
+
+ gtk_box(3)
+ gtk_vbox(3)
+ gtk_hbox(3)
+
+=head1 WIDGETS
+
+  gtk_button(3)
+
+=head1 AUTHORS
+
+  The author of this man page is Shawn T. Amundson E<lt>amundson@gtk.orgE<gt>.
+  For the authors of GTK+, see the AUTHORS file in the GTK+ distribution.
+

docs/man/gtk_button.pod

@@ -15,9 +15,6 @@ gtk_button - GTK+ push button widget
  void           gtk_button_clicked        (GtkButton *button);
  void           gtk_button_enter          (GtkButton *button);
  void           gtk_button_leave          (GtkButton *button);
- void           gtk_button_set_relief     (GtkButton *button,
-                                           GtkReliefStyle style);
- GtkReliefStyle gtk_button_get_relief     (GtkButton *button);
 
 =head1 DESCRIPTION
 
@@ -112,28 +109,6 @@ button.
 	    return 0;
 	}
 
-=head2 Different reliefs
-
-Reliefs affect how the shadowing of the button is drawn.  The different
-types of relief styles are: 
-
-	GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL
-	GTK_RELIEF_HALF
-	GTK_RELIEF_NONE
-
-When set to a normal relief, the widget looks and acts like a normal
-button.  When half or none relief is used, shadowing is only drawn when the 
-mouse cursor is over the widget.
-
-To set the relief, use gtk_button_set_relief(), like:
-
-	gtk_button_set_relief (button, GTK_RELIEF_HALF);
-
-To get the current relief of a button, use gtk_button_get_relief():
-
-	GtkReliefStyle relief;
-	relief = gtk_button_get_relief (GTK_BUTTON (button));
-
 =head2 Executing a command when the button is pressed
 
 To execute a function when a button is pressed, use
@@ -188,17 +163,6 @@ void gtk_button_leave (GtkButton *button);
 
 	This function sends a "leave" signal to the button.
 
-void gtk_button_set_relief (GtkButton *button, GtkReliefStyle style);
-
-	This function is sets the GtkReliefStyle of the button.  The
-	relief style is one of: GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL, GTK_RELIEF_HALF,
-	or GTK_RELIEF_NONE.  The relief determines when the shadow of
-	the button is drawn.
-
-GtkReliefStyle gtk_button_get_relief (GtkButton *button);
-
-	This function returns the current relief of the button.
-
 =head1 SIGNALS
 
 "clicked"

docs/man/gtk_hbox.pod

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+gtk_hbox - GTK+ horizontal box widget
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+ #include <gtk/gtkhbox.h>
+
+ guint      gtk_hbox_get_type (void);
+ GtkWidget* gtk_hbox_new      (gint homogeneous,
+                               gint spacing);
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+This widget is a container used to place widgets horizontally in relation
+to each other.  This is done by "packing" them into the box with
+the functions gtk_box_pack_start and gtk_box_pack_end.
+
+General box functions can be found in gtk_box(1).
+
+=head1 OBJECT HIERARCHY
+
+ gtk_object
+ gtk_widget
+ gtk_container 
+ gtk_box
+ gtk_hbox
+
+=head1 USAGE
+
+=head2 Creation
+
+To create a hbox, use the function gtk_hbox_new().  The arguments
+you pass to gtk_hbox_new indicate if the hbox should be homogeneous
+(that is, if the children should all be given the same amount of 
+space all the time), and the amount of space inbetween the children.
+
+The following creates a hbox which is non-homogeneous and will have
+4 spacing pixels between the children:
+
+	GtkWidget *hbox;
+	hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 4);
+
+For instructions on adding children to this newly created hbox,
+consult gtk_box(3).
+
+=head1 FUNCTIONS
+
+guint gtk_hbox_get_type (void);
+
+	This function returns the GtkType which is assigned to the
+	object class for gtk_hbox.
+
+GtkWidget* gtk_hbox_new (gint homogeneous, gint spacing);
+
+	This functions returns a new hbox widget which can then be
+	used as a container for other widgets.  Homogeneous can be
+	either TRUE or FALSE and indicates if the children widgets
+	will be always be allocated equal area.  Spacing is the 
+	number of pixels to put inbetween the children of the box.
+
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+gtk_box(3), gtk_vbox(3), gtk_container(3), gtk_widget(3)
+
+=head1 AUTHORS
+
+The author of this man page is Shawn T. Amundson E<lt>amundson@gtk.orgE<gt>.
+For the authors of GTK+, see the AUTHORS file in the GTK+ distribution.
+
+

docs/man/gtk_vbox.pod

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+gtk_vbox - GTK+ vertical box widget
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+ #include <gtk/gtkvbox.h>
+
+ guint      gtk_vbox_get_type (void);
+ GtkWidget* gtk_vbox_new      (gint homogeneous,
+                               gint spacing);
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+This widget is a container used to place widgets vertically in relation
+to each other.  This is done by "packing" them into the boxes with
+the functions gtk_box_pack_start and gtk_box_pack_end.
+
+General box functions can be found in gtk_box(1).
+
+=head1 OBJECT HIERARCHY
+
+ gtk_object
+ gtk_widget
+ gtk_container 
+ gtk_box
+ gtk_vbox
+
+=head1 USAGE
+
+=head2 Creation
+
+To create a vbox, use the function gtk_vbox_new().  The arguments
+you pass to gtk_vbox_new indicate if the vbox should be homogeneous
+(that is, if the children should all be given the same amount of 
+space all the time), and the amount of space inbetween the children.
+
+The following creates a vbox which is non-homogeneous and will have
+4 spacing pixels between the children:
+
+	GtkWidget *vbox;
+	vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 4);
+
+For instructions on adding children to this newly created vbox,
+consult gtk_box(3).
+
+=head1 FUNCTIONS
+
+guint gtk_vbox_get_type (void);
+
+	This function returns the GtkType which is assigned to the
+	object class for gtk_vbox.
+
+GtkWidget* gtk_vbox_new (gint homogeneous, gint spacing);
+
+	This functions returns a new vbox widget which can then be
+	used as a container for other widgets.  Homogeneous can be
+	either TRUE or FALSE and indicates if the children widgets
+	will be always be allocated equal area.  Spacing is the 
+	number of pixels to put inbetween the children of the box.
+
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+gtk_box(3), gtk_hbox(3), gtk_container(3), gtk_widget(3)
+
+=head1 AUTHORS
+
+The author of this man page is Shawn T. Amundson E<lt>amundson@gtk.orgE<gt>.
+For the authors of GTK+, see the AUTHORS file in the GTK+ distribution.
+
+

docs/styles.txt

@@ -25,17 +25,13 @@ gtk_widget_set_rc_style ()
   restore the default style otherwise.
   This will override a previously set user style or rc style.
 
-gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles ()
-  Descends through a widget heirarchy and sets the rc style
-  on all widgets that don't have a user style set.
-
 gtk_widget_restore_default_style ()
   Reset the widget's style to the default style, this is only usefull if
   the widgets default style had been saved by previous calls to
   gtk_widget_set_style() or gtk_widget_set_rc_style().
 
 gtk_widget_ensure_style ()
-  Ensure that the widget either has a user style set, or an rc lookup
+  Ensure taht the widget either has a user style set, or an rc lookup
   has been performed.
 
 gtk_rc_get_style ()
@@ -59,7 +55,7 @@ gtk_widget_set_parent ()
   that do not have a user style set.
 
 gtk_style_copy ()
-  This function can be used to copy a widget's style.
+  This function can be used to copy a widgets style.
   The style can subsequntly be changed (e.g., by modifications to the
   red/green/blue values of a certain color) and then be applied to the
   widget via gtk_widget_set_style().

docs/widget_system.txt

@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ When a widget receives the unmap signal, it must:
  2) If the widget does not have a window, unmap all child widgets
  3) Do any other functions related to taking the widget offscreen
      (for instance, removing popup windows...)
- 4) Unset GTK_MAPPED
+ 3) Unset GTK_MAPPED
 
 
 The Unrealize signal

examples/Makefile

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-
-SUBDIRS = aspectframe eventbox gtkdial notebook progressbar scrolledwin tictactoe \
-	  clist filesel list paned rulers table \
-          entry menu pixmap scribble-simple text \
-	  base  helloworld packbox radiobuttons selection tree \
-	  buttons helloworld2 packer rangewidgets  statusbar wheelbarrow 
-
-all:
-	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; \
-	for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE)); \
-	done
-
-clean:
-	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; \
-	for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) clean); \
-	done
-

examples/aspectframe/Makefile

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 CC = gcc
 
 aspectframe: aspectframe.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  aspectframe.c -o aspectframe `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` aspectframe.c -o aspectframe
 
 clean: 
 	rm -f *.o aspectframe

examples/aspectframe/aspectframe.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* example-start aspectframe aspectframe.c */
+/* aspectframe.c */
 
 #include <gtk/gtk.h>
    
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ main (int argc, char *argv[])
     window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
     gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (window), "Aspect Frame");
     gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_main_quit), NULL);
+    GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_main_quit), NULL);
     gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
    
     /* Create an aspect_frame and add it to our toplevel window */
@@ -41,4 +41,3 @@ main (int argc, char *argv[])
     gtk_main ();
     return 0;
 }
-/* example-end */

examples/base/Makefile

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-CC = gcc
-
-base: base.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  base.c -o base `gtk-config --libs`
-
-clean: 
-	rm -f *.o base

examples/base/base.c

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-/* example-start base base.c */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-int main( int   argc,
-          char *argv[] )
-{
-    GtkWidget *window;
-    
-    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
-    
-    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
-    gtk_widget_show  (window);
-    
-    gtk_main ();
-    
-    return(0);
-}
-/* example-end */

examples/buttons/Makefile

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 CC = gcc
 
 buttons: buttons.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  buttons.c -o buttons `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` buttons.c -o buttons
 
 clean: 
 	rm -f *.o buttons

examples/buttons/buttons.c

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
-/* example-start buttons buttons.c */
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* buttons.c */
 
 #include <gtk/gtk.h>
 
-/* Create a new hbox with an image and a label packed into it
- * and return the box. */
+/* create a new hbox with an image and a label packed into it
+ * and return the box.. */
 
-GtkWidget *xpm_label_box( GtkWidget *parent,
-                          gchar     *xpm_filename,
-                          gchar     *label_text )
+GtkWidget *xpm_label_box (GtkWidget *parent, gchar *xpm_filename, gchar *label_text)
 {
     GtkWidget *box1;
     GtkWidget *label;
@@ -16,24 +16,24 @@ GtkWidget *xpm_label_box( GtkWidget *parent,
     GdkBitmap *mask;
     GtkStyle *style;
 
-    /* Create box for xpm and label */
+    /* create box for xpm and label */
     box1 = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0);
     gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (box1), 2);
 
-    /* Get the style of the button to get the
-     * background color. */
+    /* get style of button.. I assume it's to get the background color.
+     * if someone knows the real reason, please enlighten me. */
     style = gtk_widget_get_style(parent);
 
-    /* Now on to the xpm stuff */
+    /* now on to the xpm stuff.. load xpm */
     pixmap = gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm (parent->window, &mask,
 					 &style->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL],
 					 xpm_filename);
     pixmapwid = gtk_pixmap_new (pixmap, mask);
 
-    /* Create a label for the button */
+    /* create label for button */
     label = gtk_label_new (label_text);
 
-    /* Pack the pixmap and label into the box */
+    /* pack the pixmap and label into the box */
     gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1),
 			pixmapwid, FALSE, FALSE, 3);
 
@@ -42,19 +42,17 @@ GtkWidget *xpm_label_box( GtkWidget *parent,
     gtk_widget_show(pixmapwid);
     gtk_widget_show(label);
 
-    return(box1);
+    return (box1);
 }
 
-/* Our usual callback function */
-void callback( GtkWidget *widget,
-               gpointer   data )
+/* our usual callback function */
+void callback (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
 {
     g_print ("Hello again - %s was pressed\n", (char *) data);
 }
 
 
-int main( int   argc,
-          char *argv[] )
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
 {
     /* GtkWidget is the storage type for widgets */
     GtkWidget *window;
@@ -63,7 +61,7 @@ int main( int   argc,
 
     gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
 
-    /* Create a new window */
+    /* create a new window */
     window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
 
     gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (window), "Pixmap'd Buttons!");
@@ -76,21 +74,21 @@ int main( int   argc,
 			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_exit), NULL);
 
 
-    /* Sets the border width of the window. */
+    /* sets the border width of the window. */
     gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
     gtk_widget_realize(window);
 
-    /* Create a new button */
+    /* create a new button */
     button = gtk_button_new ();
 
-    /* Connect the "clicked" signal of the button to our callback */
+    /* You should be getting used to seeing most of these functions by now */
     gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
 			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (callback), (gpointer) "cool button");
 
-    /* This calls our box creating function */
+    /* this calls our box creating function */
     box1 = xpm_label_box(window, "info.xpm", "cool button");
 
-    /* Pack and show all our widgets */
+    /* pack and show all our widgets */
     gtk_widget_show(box1);
 
     gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (button), box1);
@@ -101,9 +99,8 @@ int main( int   argc,
 
     gtk_widget_show (window);
 
-    /* Rest in gtk_main and wait for the fun to begin! */
+    /* rest in gtk_main and wait for the fun to begin! */
     gtk_main ();
 
-    return(0);
+    return 0;
 }
-/* example-end */

examples/calendar/Makefile

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-CC = gcc
-
-gcalendar: gcalendar.c
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` gcalendar.c -o gcalendar `gtk-config --libs`
-
-clean: 
-	rm -f gcalendar

examples/calendar/gcalendar.c

@@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
-/* G Calendar
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Cesar Miquel, Shawn T. Amundson, Mattias Grönlund
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#define DEF_PAD 10
-#define DEF_PAD_SMALL 5
-
-#define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900
-
-
-typedef struct _CalendarData {
-  GtkWidget *flag_checkboxes[5];
-  gboolean  settings[5];
-  gchar     *font;
-  GtkWidget *font_dialog;
-  GtkWidget *window;
-  GtkWidget *selected;
-  GtkWidget *selected_double_click;
-  GtkWidget *month;
-} CalendarData;
-
-void create_calendar();
-gint delete_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gpointer data);
-void destroy (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
-void day_selected_double_click (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
-int main(int argc, char *argv[]);
-void calendar_month_changed (GtkWidget *widget, CalendarData *data);
-void calendar_day_selected (GtkWidget *widget, CalendarData *data);
-void calendar_day_selected_double_click (GtkWidget *widget, CalendarData *data);
-
-
-void calendar_set_flags(CalendarData *calendar);
-void calendar_toggle_flag(GtkWidget * toggle, CalendarData *calendar);
-void calendar_font_selection_ok(GtkWidget * button, CalendarData *calendar);
-void calendar_font_selection_destroy(GtkWidget * button, GtkWidget widget);
-void calendar_select_font(GtkWidget * button, CalendarData *calendar);
-void calendar_create_window_destroy(GtkWidget * ignore, CalendarData *calendar);
-void calendar_create_window(GtkWidget * ignored, CalendarData * calendar);
-void calendar_window_destroy(GtkWidget * ignore, CalendarData *calendar);
-void create_calendar();
-
-/*
- * GtkCalendar
- */
-
-void
-calendar_month_changed (GtkWidget *widget, CalendarData *data)
-{
-  char buffer[256];
-  struct tm tm;
-  time_t time;
-  memset (&tm, 0, sizeof (tm));
-  gtk_calendar_get_date (GTK_CALENDAR(data->window), &tm.tm_year, &tm.tm_mon, &tm.tm_mday);
-  tm.tm_year -= TM_YEAR_BASE;
-  time = mktime(&tm);
-  strftime (buffer, 255, "%x", gmtime(&time));
-  gtk_label_set (GTK_LABEL (data->month), buffer);
-}
-
-void
-calendar_day_selected (GtkWidget *widget, CalendarData *data)
-{
-  char buffer[256];
-  struct tm tm;
-  time_t time;
-  memset (&tm, 0, sizeof (tm));
-  gtk_calendar_get_date (GTK_CALENDAR(data->window), &tm.tm_year, &tm.tm_mon, &tm.tm_mday);
-  tm.tm_year -= TM_YEAR_BASE;
-  time = mktime(&tm);
-  strftime (buffer, 255, "%x", gmtime(&time));
-  gtk_label_set (GTK_LABEL (data->selected), buffer);
-}
-
-void
-calendar_day_selected_double_click (GtkWidget *widget, CalendarData *data)
-{
-  char buffer[256];
-  struct tm tm;
-  time_t time;
-  memset (&tm, 0, sizeof (tm));
-  gtk_calendar_get_date (GTK_CALENDAR(data->window), &tm.tm_year, &tm.tm_mon, &tm.tm_mday);
-  tm.tm_year -= TM_YEAR_BASE;
-  time = mktime(&tm);
-  strftime (buffer, 255, "%x", gmtime(&time));
-  gtk_label_set (GTK_LABEL (data->selected_double_click), buffer);
-}
-
-enum {
-  calendar_show_header,
-  calendar_show_days,
-  calendar_month_change, 
-  calendar_show_week,
-  calendar_monday_first
-};
-
-void
-calendar_set_flags(CalendarData *calendar)
-{
-  gint i;
-  gint options=0;
-  for (i=0;i<5;i++) 
-    if (calendar->settings[i])
-      {
-	options=options + (1<<i);
-      }
-  if (calendar->window)
-    gtk_calendar_display_options (GTK_CALENDAR (calendar->window), options);
-}
-
-void 
-calendar_toggle_flag(GtkWidget * toggle, CalendarData *calendar)
-{
-  gint i;
-  gint j;
-  j=0;
-  for (i=0; i<5; i++)
-    if (calendar->flag_checkboxes[i] == toggle)
-      j = i;
-
-  calendar->settings[j]=!calendar->settings[j];
-  calendar_set_flags(calendar);
-  
-}
-void
-calendar_font_selection_ok(GtkWidget * button, CalendarData *calendar)
-{
-  GtkStyle *style;
-  GdkFont  *font;
-
-  calendar->font = gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_name (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (calendar->font_dialog));
-  if (calendar->window)
-    {
-      font = gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font(GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(calendar->font_dialog));
-      if (font) 
-	{
-	  style = gtk_style_copy (gtk_widget_get_style (calendar->window));
-	  gdk_font_unref (style->font);
-	  style->font = font;
-	  gdk_font_ref (style->font);
-	  gtk_widget_set_style (calendar->window, style);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-void
-calendar_select_font(GtkWidget * button, CalendarData *calendar)
-{
-  GtkWidget *window;
-
-  if (!calendar->font_dialog) {
-    window = gtk_font_selection_dialog_new ("Font Selection Dialog");
-    g_return_if_fail(GTK_IS_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(window));
-    calendar->font_dialog = window;
-    
-    gtk_window_position (GTK_WINDOW (window), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE);
-    
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
-			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroyed),
-			&calendar->font_dialog);
-    
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (window)->ok_button),
-			"clicked", GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(calendar_font_selection_ok),
-			calendar);
-    gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (window)->cancel_button),
-			       "clicked",
-			       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy), 
-			       GTK_OBJECT (calendar->font_dialog));
-  }
-  window=calendar->font_dialog;
-  if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (window))
-    gtk_widget_show (window);
-  else
-    gtk_widget_destroy (window);
-
-}
-
-void 
-create_calendar()
-{
-  GtkWidget *window;
-  GtkWidget *vbox, *vbox2, *vbox3;
-  GtkWidget *hbox;
-  GtkWidget *hbbox;
-  GtkWidget *calendar;
-  GtkWidget *toggle;
-  GtkWidget *button;
-  GtkWidget *frame;
-  GtkWidget *separator;
-  GtkWidget *label;
-  GtkWidget *bbox;
-  static CalendarData calendar_data;
-  gint i;
-  
-  struct {
-    char *label;
-  } flags[] =
-    {
-      { "Show Heading" },
-      { "Show Day Names" },
-      { "No Month Change" },
-      { "Show Week Numbers" },
-      { "Week Start Monday" }
-    };
-
-  
-  calendar_data.window = NULL;
-  calendar_data.font = NULL;
-  calendar_data.font_dialog = NULL;
-
-  for (i=0; i<5; i++) {
-    calendar_data.settings[i]=0;
-  }
-
-  window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
-  gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 5);
-  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(window), "destroy",
-		     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_main_quit),
-		     NULL);
-  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(window), "delete-event",
-		     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_false),
-		     NULL);
-
-  gtk_window_set_policy(GTK_WINDOW(window), FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
-
-  vbox = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, DEF_PAD);
-  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), vbox);
-
-  /*
-   * The top part of the window, Calendar, flags and fontsel.
-   */
-
-  hbox = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, DEF_PAD);
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX(vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, DEF_PAD);
-  hbbox = gtk_hbutton_box_new();
-  gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), hbbox, FALSE, FALSE, DEF_PAD);
-  gtk_button_box_set_layout(GTK_BUTTON_BOX(hbbox), GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD);
-  gtk_button_box_set_spacing(GTK_BUTTON_BOX(hbbox), 5);
-
-  /* Calendar widget */
-  frame = gtk_frame_new("Calendar");
-  gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbbox), frame, TRUE, TRUE, DEF_PAD);
-  calendar=gtk_calendar_new();
-  calendar_data.window = calendar;
-  calendar_set_flags(&calendar_data);
-  gtk_calendar_mark_day ( GTK_CALENDAR(calendar), 19);	
-  gtk_container_add( GTK_CONTAINER( frame), calendar);
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (calendar), "month_changed", 
-                      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (calendar_month_changed),
-		      &calendar_data);
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (calendar), "day_selected", 
-                      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (calendar_day_selected),
-		      &calendar_data);
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (calendar), "day_selected_double_click", 
-                      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (calendar_day_selected_double_click),
-		      &calendar_data);
-
-
-  separator = gtk_vseparator_new ();
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), separator, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
-
-  vbox2 = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, DEF_PAD);
-  gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), vbox2, FALSE, FALSE, DEF_PAD);
-  
-  /* Build the Right frame with the flags in */ 
-
-  frame = gtk_frame_new("Flags");
-  gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox2), frame, TRUE, TRUE, DEF_PAD);
-  vbox3 = gtk_vbox_new(TRUE, DEF_PAD_SMALL);
-  gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), vbox3);
-
-  for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
-    {
-      toggle = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(flags[i].label);
-      gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (toggle),
-			    "toggled",
-			    GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(calendar_toggle_flag),
-			    &calendar_data);
-      gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox3), toggle, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
-      calendar_data.flag_checkboxes[i]=toggle;
-    }
-  /* Build the right font-button */ 
-  button = gtk_button_new_with_label("Font...");
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button),
-		      "clicked",
-		      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(calendar_select_font),
-		      &calendar_data);
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox2), button, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
-
-  /*
-   *  Build the Signal-event part.
-   */
-
-  frame = gtk_frame_new("Signal events");
-  gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), frame, TRUE, TRUE, DEF_PAD);
-  vbox2 = gtk_vbox_new(TRUE, DEF_PAD_SMALL);
-  gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), vbox2);
-  
-  hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5);
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox2), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
-  label = gtk_label_new ("Day selected:");
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
-  calendar_data.selected = gtk_label_new ("");
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), calendar_data.selected, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
-
-  hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5);
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox2), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
-  label = gtk_label_new ("Day selected double click:");
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
-  calendar_data.selected_double_click = gtk_label_new ("");
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), calendar_data.selected_double_click, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
-
-  hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5);
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox2), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
-  label = gtk_label_new ("Month change:"); 
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
-  calendar_data.month = gtk_label_new ("");
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), calendar_data.month, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
-  
-  bbox = gtk_hbutton_box_new ();
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), bbox, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
-  gtk_button_box_set_layout(GTK_BUTTON_BOX(bbox), GTK_BUTTONBOX_END);
-
-  button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Close");
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", 
-		      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_main_quit), 
-		      NULL);
-  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (bbox), button);
-  GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
-  gtk_widget_grab_default (button);
-
-  gtk_widget_show_all(window);
-}
-
-
-int
-main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-  gtk_set_locale ();
-  gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
-  create_calendar();
-  gtk_main ();
-  return 0;
-}

examples/clist/Makefile

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 CC = gcc
 
 clist: clist.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  clist.c -o clist `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` clist.c -o clist
 
 clean: 
 	rm -f *.o clist

examples/clist/clist.c

@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ gint main (int argc, gchar *argv[])
     clist = gtk_clist_new_with_titles( 2, titles);
 
     /* When a selection is made, we want to know about it. The callback
-     * used is selection_made, and its code can be found further down */
+     * used is selection_made, and it's code can be found further down */
     gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "select_row",
 		       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(selection_made),
 		       NULL);
 
     /* It isn't necessary to shadow the border, but it looks nice :) */
-    gtk_clist_set_shadow_type (GTK_CLIST(clist), GTK_SHADOW_OUT);
+    gtk_clist_set_border(GTK_CLIST(clist), GTK_SHADOW_OUT);
 
     /* What however is important, is that we set the column widths as
      * they will never be right otherwise. Note that the columns are
@@ -53,6 +53,10 @@ gint main (int argc, gchar *argv[])
      */
     gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST(clist), 0, 150);
 
+    /* Scollbars _only when needed_ */
+    gtk_clist_set_policy(GTK_CLIST(clist), GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC,
+					   GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC);
+
     /* Add the GtkCList widget to the vertical box and show it. */
     gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), clist, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
     gtk_widget_show(clist);
@@ -93,7 +97,7 @@ gint main (int argc, gchar *argv[])
     gtk_widget_show(window);
     gtk_main();
     
-    return(0);
+    return 0;
 }
 
 /* User clicked the "Add List" button. */

examples/entry/Makefile

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 CC = gcc
 
 entry: entry.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  entry.c -o entry `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` entry.c -o entry
 
 clean: 
 	rm -f *.o entry

examples/entry/entry.c

@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
-/* example-start entry entry.c */
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* entry.c */
 
 #include <gtk/gtk.h>
 
@@ -88,4 +90,3 @@ int main (int argc, char *argv[])
     gtk_main();
     return(0);
 }
-/* example-end */

examples/eventbox/Makefile

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 CC = gcc
 
 eventbox: eventbox.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  eventbox.c -o eventbox `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` eventbox.c -o eventbox
 
 clean: 
 	rm -f *.o eventbox

examples/eventbox/eventbox.c

@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
-/* example-start eventbox eventbox.c */
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* eventbox.c */
 
 #include <gtk/gtk.h>
 
@@ -51,4 +53,3 @@ main (int argc, char *argv[])
     
     return 0;
 }
-/* example-end */

examples/extract.awk

@@ -35,8 +35,6 @@ $2 == "example-start"			 { in_example=1 }
 $2 == "example-start" && check == 0 \
   { if ( (spec_example == "") || (spec_example == $4) ) {
     if ( flatten == 0 ) {
-      if (file_name != "")
-          close(file_name);
       file_name = sprintf("%s/%s",$3, $4);
       command = sprintf("mkdir -p %s", $3);
       system(command);

examples/extract.sh

@@ -1,28 +1,2 @@
 #! /bin/sh
-# extract - extract C source files from GTK Tutorial
-# Copyright (C) Tony Gale 1998
-# Contact: gale@gtk.org
-#
-# extract.awk command Switches:
-# -c : Just do checking rather than output files
-# -f <filename> : Extract a specific file
-# -d : Extract files to current directory
- 
-if [ -x /usr/bin/gawk ]; then
- gawk -f extract.awk ../docs/gtk_tut.sgml $1 $2 $3 $4 $5
-else
- if [ -x /usr/bin/nawk ]; then
-  nawk -f extract.awk ../docs/gtk_tut.sgml $1 $2 $3 $4 $5
- else
-  if [ -x /usr/bin/awk ]; then
-   awk -f extract.awk ../docs/gtk_tut.sgml $1 $2 $3 $4 $5
-  else 
-   if [ -x /bin/awk ]; then
-    awk -f extract.awk ../docs/gtk_tut.sgml $1 $2 $3 $4 $5
-   else
-    echo "Can't find awk... please edit extract.sh by hand"
-   fi
-  fi
- fi
-fi
-
+awk -f extract.awk ../docs/gtk_tut.sgml $1 $2 $3 $4 $5

examples/filesel/Makefile

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 CC = gcc
 
 filesel: filesel.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  filesel.c -o filesel `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` filesel.c -o filesel
 
 clean: 
 	rm -f *.o filesel

examples/filesel/filesel.c

@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
-/* example-start filesel filesel.c */
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* filesel.c */
 
 #include <gtk/gtk.h>
 
@@ -42,4 +44,3 @@ int main (int argc, char *argv[])
     gtk_main ();
     return 0;
 }
-/* example-end */

examples/gtkdial/Makefile

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 CC = gcc
 
 dial_test: gtkdial.o dial_test.o
-	$(CC) dial_test.o gtkdial.o -o dial_test `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --libs` dial_test.o gtkdial.o -o dial_test
 
 dial_test.o: dial_test.c gtkdial.h
 	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` -c dial_test.c -o dial_test.o

examples/gtkdial/gtkdial.c

@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* example-start gtkdial gtkdial.c */
-
 /* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
  * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
  *
@@ -28,7 +26,7 @@
 #define SCROLL_DELAY_LENGTH  300
 #define DIAL_DEFAULT_SIZE 100
 
-/* Forward declarations */
+/* Forward declararations */
 
 static void gtk_dial_class_init               (GtkDialClass    *klass);
 static void gtk_dial_init                     (GtkDial         *dial);
@@ -589,4 +587,5 @@ gtk_dial_adjustment_value_changed (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
       dial->old_value = adjustment->value;
     }
 }
-/* example-end */
+
+

examples/gtkdial/gtkdial.h

@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* example-start gtkdial gtkdial.h */
-
 /* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
  * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
  *
@@ -89,4 +87,3 @@ void           gtk_dial_set_adjustment         (GtkDial      *dial,
 
 
 #endif /* __GTK_DIAL_H__ */
-/* example-end */

examples/helloworld/Makefile

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 
 CC = gcc
 
-helloworld: helloworld.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  helloworld.c -o helloworld `gtk-config --libs`
+helloworld: helloworld.c
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` helloworld.c -o helloworld
 
 clean: 
-	rm -f *.o helloworld
+	rm -f helloworld

examples/helloworld/helloworld.c

@@ -1,101 +1,97 @@
-/* example-start helloworld helloworld.c */
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
 
+/* helloworld.c */
+               
 #include <gtk/gtk.h>
 
-/* This is a callback function. The data arguments are ignored
- * in this example. More on callbacks below. */
-void hello( GtkWidget *widget,
-            gpointer   data )
+/* this is a callback function. the data arguments are ignored in this example.
+ * More on callbacks below. */  
+void hello (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
 {
     g_print ("Hello World\n");
 }
+     
 
-gint delete_event( GtkWidget *widget,
-                   GdkEvent  *event,
-		   gpointer   data )
+gint delete_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gpointer data)
 {
-    /* If you return FALSE in the "delete_event" signal handler,
-     * GTK will emit the "destroy" signal. Returning TRUE means
+    g_print ("delete event occured\n");
+    /* if you return FALSE in the "delete_event" signal handler,
+     * GTK will emit the "destroy" signal.  Returning TRUE means
      * you don't want the window to be destroyed.
-     * This is useful for popping up 'are you sure you want to quit?'
+     * This is useful for popping up 'are you sure you want to quit ?'
      * type dialogs. */
 
-    g_print ("delete event occurred\n");
-
     /* Change TRUE to FALSE and the main window will be destroyed with
      * a "delete_event". */
 
-    return(TRUE);
+    return (TRUE);
 }
 
-/* Another callback */
-void destroy( GtkWidget *widget,
-              gpointer   data )
+/* another callback */
+void destroy (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
 {
-    gtk_main_quit();
+    gtk_main_quit ();
 }
 
-int main( int   argc,
-          char *argv[] )
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
 {
     /* GtkWidget is the storage type for widgets */
     GtkWidget *window;
     GtkWidget *button;
-    
-    /* This is called in all GTK applications. Arguments are parsed
-     * from the command line and are returned to the application. */
-    gtk_init(&argc, &argv);
+
+    /* this is called in all GTK applications.  arguments are parsed from
+     * the command line and are returned to the application. */
+    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
     
     /* create a new window */
     window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
-    
-    /* When the window is given the "delete_event" signal (this is given
-     * by the window manager, usually by the 'close' option, or on the
+
+    /* when the window is given the "delete_event" signal (this is given
+     * by the window manager (usually the 'close' option, or on the
      * titlebar), we ask it to call the delete_event () function
-     * as defined above. The data passed to the callback
-     * function is NULL and is ignored in the callback function. */
+     * as defined above.  The data passed to the callback
+     * function is NULL and is ignored in the callback. */
     gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
-			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (delete_event), NULL);
-    
-    /* Here we connect the "destroy" event to a signal handler.  
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (delete_event), NULL);
+
+    /* here we connect the "destroy" event to a signal handler.
      * This event occurs when we call gtk_widget_destroy() on the window,
      * or if we return 'FALSE' in the "delete_event" callback. */
     gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
-			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (destroy), NULL);
-    
-    /* Sets the border width of the window. */
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (destroy), NULL);
+
+    /* sets the border width of the window. */
     gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
-    
-    /* Creates a new button with the label "Hello World". */
+
+    /* creates a new button with the label "Hello World". */
     button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Hello World");
-    
+
     /* When the button receives the "clicked" signal, it will call the
-     * function hello() passing it NULL as its argument.  The hello()
+     * function hello() passing it NULL as it's argument.  The hello() 
      * function is defined above. */
     gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
-			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (hello), NULL);
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (hello), NULL);
     
     /* This will cause the window to be destroyed by calling
      * gtk_widget_destroy(window) when "clicked".  Again, the destroy
      * signal could come from here, or the window manager. */
     gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
-			       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy),
-			       GTK_OBJECT (window));
-    
-    /* This packs the button into the window (a gtk container). */
+                               GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy),
+                               GTK_OBJECT (window));
+                        
+    /* this packs the button into the window (a gtk container). */
     gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), button);
     
-    /* The final step is to display this newly created widget. */
+    /* the final step is to display this newly created widget... */
     gtk_widget_show (button);
-    
+
     /* and the window */
     gtk_widget_show (window);
-    
-    /* All GTK applications must have a gtk_main(). Control ends here
-     * and waits for an event to occur (like a key press or
-     * mouse event). */
+     
+    /* all GTK applications must have a gtk_main().     Control ends here
+     * and waits for an event to occur (like a key press or mouse event). */
     gtk_main ();
-    
-    return(0);
+                        
+    return 0;
 }
-/* example-end */
+

examples/helloworld2/Makefile

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 
 CC = gcc
 
-helloworld2: helloworld2.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  helloworld2.c -o helloworld2 `gtk-config --libs`
+helloworld2: helloworld2.c
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` helloworld2.c -o helloworld2
 
 clean: 
-	rm -f *.o helloworld2
+	rm -f helloworld2

examples/helloworld2/helloworld2.c

@@ -1,84 +1,83 @@
-/* example-start helloworld2 helloworld2.c */
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* helloworld2.c */
 
 #include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-/* Our new improved callback.  The data passed to this function
- * is printed to stdout. */
-void callback( GtkWidget *widget,
-               gpointer   data )
-{
+   
+/* Our new improved callback.  The data passed to this function is printed
+ * to stdout. */
+void callback (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer *data)
+{  
     g_print ("Hello again - %s was pressed\n", (char *) data);
 }
-
+     
 /* another callback */
-void delete_event( GtkWidget *widget,
-                   GdkEvent  *event,
-		   gpointer   data )
-{
+void delete_event (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gpointer *data)
+{    
     gtk_main_quit ();
 }
 
-int main( int   argc,
-          char *argv[] )
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
 {
     /* GtkWidget is the storage type for widgets */
     GtkWidget *window;
     GtkWidget *button;
     GtkWidget *box1;
 
-    /* This is called in all GTK applications. Arguments are parsed
-     * from the command line and are returned to the application. */
+    /* this is called in all GTK applications.  arguments are parsed from
+     * the command line and are returned to the application. */
     gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
 
-    /* Create a new window */
+    /* create a new window */
     window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
 
-    /* This is a new call, this just sets the title of our
+    /* this is a new call, this just sets the title of our
      * new window to "Hello Buttons!" */
     gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (window), "Hello Buttons!");
 
     /* Here we just set a handler for delete_event that immediately
      * exits GTK. */
     gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
-			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (delete_event), NULL);
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (delete_event), NULL);
 
-    /* Sets the border width of the window. */
+    
+    /* sets the border width of the window. */
     gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
 
-    /* We create a box to pack widgets into.  This is described in detail
-     * in the "packing" section. The box is not really visible, it
+    /* we create a box to pack widgets into.  this is described in detail
+     * in the "packing" section below.  The box is not really visible, it
      * is just used as a tool to arrange widgets. */
     box1 = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 0);
 
-    /* Put the box into the main window. */
+    /* put the box into the main window. */
     gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), box1);
 
-    /* Creates a new button with the label "Button 1". */
+    /* creates a new button with the label "Button 1". */
     button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Button 1");
-
+    
     /* Now when the button is clicked, we call the "callback" function
-     * with a pointer to "button 1" as its argument */
+     * with a pointer to "button 1" as it's argument */
     gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
-			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (callback), (gpointer) "button 1");
-
-    /* Instead of gtk_container_add, we pack this button into the invisible
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (callback), (gpointer) "button 1");
+                        
+    /* instead of gtk_container_add, we pack this button into the invisible
      * box, which has been packed into the window. */
     gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box1), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
-
-    /* Always remember this step, this tells GTK that our preparation for
-     * this button is complete, and it can now be displayed. */
+    
+    /* always remember this step, this tells GTK that our preparation for
+     * this button is complete, and it can be displayed now. */
     gtk_widget_show(button);
-
-    /* Do these same steps again to create a second button */
+     
+    /* do these same steps again to create a second button */
     button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Button 2");
-
-    /* Call the same callback function with a different argument,
+    
+    /* call the same callback function with a different argument,
      * passing a pointer to "button 2" instead. */
     gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
-			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (callback), (gpointer) "button 2");
-
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (callback), (gpointer) "button 2");
+    
     gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box1), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
-
+     
     /* The order in which we show the buttons is not really important, but I
      * recommend showing the window last, so it all pops up at once. */
     gtk_widget_show(button);
@@ -87,9 +86,9 @@ int main( int   argc,
 
     gtk_widget_show (window);
 
-    /* Rest in gtk_main and wait for the fun to begin! */
+    /* rest in gtk_main and wait for the fun to begin! */
     gtk_main ();
-
-    return(0);
+     
+    return 0;
 }
-/* example-end */
+

examples/list/Makefile

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 CC = gcc
 
 list: list.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  list.c -o list `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` list.c -o list
 
 clean: 
 	rm -f *.o list

examples/list/list.c

@@ -1,52 +1,52 @@
-/* example-start list list.c */
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
 
-/* Include the gtk+ header files
- * Include stdio.h, we need that for the printf() function
+/* list.c */
+
+/* include the gtk+ header files
+ * include stdio.h, we need that for the printf() function
  */
 #include        <gtk/gtk.h>
 #include        <stdio.h>
 
-/* This is our data identification string to store
+/* this is our data identification string to store
  * data in list items
  */
-const gchar *list_item_data_key="list_item_data";
+const   gchar   *list_item_data_key="list_item_data";
 
 
 /* prototypes for signal handler that we are going to connect
  * to the GtkList widget
  */
-static void  sigh_print_selection( GtkWidget *gtklist,
-                                   gpointer   func_data);
-
-static void  sigh_button_event( GtkWidget      *gtklist,
-                                GdkEventButton *event,
-                                GtkWidget      *frame );
+static  void    sigh_print_selection    (GtkWidget      *gtklist,
+                                         gpointer       func_data);
+static  void    sigh_button_event       (GtkWidget      *gtklist,
+                                         GdkEventButton *event,
+                                         GtkWidget      *frame);
 
 
-/* Main function to set up the user interface */
+/* main function to set up the user interface */
 
-gint main (int    argc,
-           gchar *argv[])
+gint main (int argc, gchar *argv[])
 {                                  
-    GtkWidget *separator;
-    GtkWidget *window;
-    GtkWidget *vbox;
-    GtkWidget *scrolled_window;
-    GtkWidget *frame;
-    GtkWidget *gtklist;
-    GtkWidget *button;
-    GtkWidget *list_item;
-    GList *dlist;
-    guint i;
-    gchar buffer[64];
+    GtkWidget       *separator;
+    GtkWidget       *window;
+    GtkWidget       *vbox;
+    GtkWidget       *scrolled_window;
+    GtkWidget       *frame;
+    GtkWidget       *gtklist;
+    GtkWidget       *button;
+    GtkWidget       *list_item;
+    GList           *dlist;
+    guint           i;
+    gchar           buffer[64];
     
     
-    /* Initialize gtk+ (and subsequently gdk) */
+    /* initialize gtk+ (and subsequently gdk) */
 
     gtk_init(&argc, &argv);
     
     
-    /* Create a window to put all the widgets in
+    /* create a window to put all the widgets in
      * connect gtk_main_quit() to the "destroy" event of
      * the window to handle window manager close-window-events
      */
@@ -58,34 +58,34 @@ gint main (int    argc,
 		       NULL);
     
     
-    /* Inside the window we need a box to arrange the widgets
+    /* inside the window we need a box to arrange the widgets
      * vertically */
     vbox=gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 5);
     gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), 5);
     gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(window), vbox);
     gtk_widget_show(vbox);
     
-    /* This is the scrolled window to put the GtkList widget inside */
+    /* this is the scolled window to put the GtkList widget inside */
     scrolled_window=gtk_scrolled_window_new(NULL, NULL);
     gtk_widget_set_usize(scrolled_window, 250, 150);
     gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), scrolled_window);
     gtk_widget_show(scrolled_window);
     
-    /* Create the GtkList widget.
-     * Connect the sigh_print_selection() signal handler
+    /* create the GtkList widget
+     * connect the sigh_print_selection() signal handler
      * function to the "selection_changed" signal of the GtkList
      * to print out the selected items each time the selection
      * has changed */
     gtklist=gtk_list_new();
-    gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport( GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW(scrolled_window),
-                                           gtklist);
+    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(scrolled_window), gtklist);
     gtk_widget_show(gtklist);
     gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gtklist),
 		       "selection_changed",
 		       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(sigh_print_selection),
 		       NULL);
     
-    /* We create a "Prison" to put a list item in ;) */
+    /* we create a "Prison" to put a list item in ;)
+     */
     frame=gtk_frame_new("Prison");
     gtk_widget_set_usize(frame, 200, 50);
     gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), 5);
@@ -93,21 +93,23 @@ gint main (int    argc,
     gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), frame);
     gtk_widget_show(frame);
     
-    /* Connect the sigh_button_event() signal handler to the GtkList
-     * which will handle the "arresting" of list items
+    /* connect the sigh_button_event() signal handler to the GtkList
+     * wich will handle the "arresting" of list items
      */
     gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gtklist),
 		       "button_release_event",
 		       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(sigh_button_event),
 		       frame);
     
-    /* Create a separator */
+    /* create a separator
+     */
     separator=gtk_hseparator_new();
     gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), separator);
     gtk_widget_show(separator);
     
-    /* Finally create a button and connect it's "clicked" signal
-     * to the destruction of the window */
+    /* finaly create a button and connect it´s "clicked" signal
+     * to the destroyment of the window
+     */
     button=gtk_button_new_with_label("Close");
     gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), button);
     gtk_widget_show(button);
@@ -117,9 +119,9 @@ gint main (int    argc,
 			      GTK_OBJECT(window));
     
     
-    /* Now we create 5 list items, each having it's own
+    /* now we create 5 list items, each having it´s own
      * label and add them to the GtkList using gtk_container_add()
-     * Also we query the text string from the label and
+     * also we query the text string from the label and
      * associate it with the list_item_data_key for each list item
      */
     for (i=0; i<5; i++) {
@@ -138,16 +140,16 @@ gint main (int    argc,
 			    list_item_data_key,
 			    string);
     }
-    /* Here, we are creating another 5 labels, this time
+    /* here, we are creating another 5 labels, this time
      * we use gtk_list_item_new_with_label() for the creation
-     * we can't query the text string from the label because
-     * we don't have the labels pointer and therefore
+     * we can´t query the text string from the label because
+     * we don´t have the labels pointer and therefore
      * we just associate the list_item_data_key of each
-     * list item with the same text string.
-     * For adding of the list items we put them all into a doubly
+     * list item with the same text string
+     * for adding of the list items we put them all into a doubly
      * linked list (GList), and then add them by a single call to
-     * gtk_list_append_items().
-     * Because we use g_list_prepend() to put the items into the
+     * gtk_list_append_items()
+     * because we use g_list_prepend() to put the items into the
      * doubly linked list, their order will be descending (instead
      * of ascending when using g_list_append())
      */
@@ -163,26 +165,29 @@ gint main (int    argc,
     }
     gtk_list_append_items(GTK_LIST(gtklist), dlist);
     
-    /* Finally we want to see the window, don't we? ;) */
+    /* finaly we want to see the window, don´t we? ;)
+     */
     gtk_widget_show(window);
     
-    /* Fire up the main event loop of gtk */
+    /* fire up the main event loop of gtk
+     */
     gtk_main();
     
-    /* We get here after gtk_main_quit() has been called which
+    /* we get here after gtk_main_quit() has been called which
      * happens if the main window gets destroyed
      */
-    return(0);
+    return 0;
 }
 
-/* This is the signal handler that got connected to button
+/* this is the signal handler that got connected to button
  * press/release events of the GtkList
  */
-void sigh_button_event( GtkWidget      *gtklist,
-                        GdkEventButton *event,
-                        GtkWidget      *frame )
+void
+sigh_button_event       (GtkWidget      *gtklist,
+                         GdkEventButton *event,
+                         GtkWidget      *frame)
 {
-    /* We only do something if the third (rightmost mouse button
+    /* we only do something if the third (rightmost mouse button
      * was released
      */
     if (event->type==GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE &&
@@ -190,7 +195,7 @@ void sigh_button_event( GtkWidget      *gtklist,
 	GList           *dlist, *free_list;
 	GtkWidget       *new_prisoner;
 	
-	/* Fetch the currently selected list item which
+	/* fetch the currently selected list item which
 	 * will be our next prisoner ;)
 	 */
 	dlist=GTK_LIST(gtklist)->selection;
@@ -199,9 +204,9 @@ void sigh_button_event( GtkWidget      *gtklist,
 	else
 		new_prisoner=NULL;
 	
-	/* Look for already imprisoned list items, we
-	 * will put them back into the list.
-	 * Remember to free the doubly linked list that
+	/* look for already prisoned list items, we
+	 * will put them back into the list
+	 * remember to free the doubly linked list that
 	 * gtk_container_children() returns
 	 */
 	dlist=gtk_container_children(GTK_CONTAINER(frame));
@@ -217,9 +222,9 @@ void sigh_button_event( GtkWidget      *gtklist,
 	}
 	g_list_free(free_list);
 	
-	/* If we have a new prisoner, remove him from the
-	 * GtkList and put him into the frame "Prison".
-	 * We need to unselect the item first.
+	/* if we have a new prisoner, remove him from the
+	 * GtkList and put him into the frame "Prison"
+	 * we need to unselect the item before
 	 */
 	if (new_prisoner) {
 	    GList   static_dlist;
@@ -235,33 +240,35 @@ void sigh_button_event( GtkWidget      *gtklist,
     }
 }
 
-/* This is the signal handler that gets called if GtkList
+/* this is the signal handler that gets called if GtkList
  * emits the "selection_changed" signal
  */
-void sigh_print_selection( GtkWidget *gtklist,
-                           gpointer   func_data)
+void
+sigh_print_selection    (GtkWidget      *gtklist,
+                         gpointer       func_data)
 {
     GList   *dlist;
     
-    /* Fetch the doubly linked list of selected items
+    /* fetch the doubly linked list of selected items
      * of the GtkList, remember to treat this as read-only!
      */
     dlist=GTK_LIST(gtklist)->selection;
     
-    /* If there are no selected items there is nothing more
+    /* if there are no selected items there is nothing more
      * to do than just telling the user so
      */
     if (!dlist) {
 	g_print("Selection cleared\n");
 	return;
     }
-    /* Ok, we got a selection and so we print it
+    /* ok, we got a selection and so we print it
      */
     g_print("The selection is a ");
     
-    /* Get the list item from the doubly linked list
-     * and then query the data associated with list_item_data_key.
-     * We then just print it */
+    /* get the list item from the doubly linked list
+     * and then query the data associated with list_item_data_key
+     * we then just print it
+     */
     while (dlist) {
 	GtkObject       *list_item;
 	gchar           *item_data_string;
@@ -275,4 +282,3 @@ void sigh_print_selection( GtkWidget *gtklist,
     }
     g_print("\n");
 }
-/* example-end */

examples/menu/Makefile

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ CC = gcc
 all: menu menufactory
 
 menu: menu.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` menu.c -o menu `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` menu.c -o menu
 
 menufactory: menufactory.o mfmain.o
 	$(CC) `gtk-config --libs` menufactory.o mfmain.o -o menufactory

examples/menu/menu.c

@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
-/* example-start menu menu.c */
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* menu.c */
 
 #include <gtk/gtk.h>
 
@@ -25,7 +27,7 @@ int main (int argc, char *argv[])
     gtk_widget_set_usize( GTK_WIDGET (window), 200, 100);
     gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW (window), "GTK Menu Test");
     gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
-                       (GtkSignalFunc) gtk_main_quit, NULL);
+                       (GtkSignalFunc) gtk_exit, NULL);
 
     /* Init the menu-widget, and remember -- never
      * gtk_show_widget() the menu widget!! 
@@ -99,6 +101,8 @@ int main (int argc, char *argv[])
     return 0;
 }
 
+
+
 /* Respond to a button-press by posting a menu passed in as widget.
  *
  * Note that the "widget" argument is the menu being posted, NOT
@@ -128,4 +132,3 @@ static void menuitem_response (gchar *string)
 {
     printf("%s\n", string);
 }
-/* example-end */

examples/notebook/Makefile

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 CC = gcc
 
 notebook: notebook.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  notebook.c -o notebook `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` notebook.c -o notebook
 
 clean: 
 	rm -f *.o notebook

examples/notebook/notebook.c

@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
-/* example-start notebook notebook.c */
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* notebook.c */
 
 #include <gtk/gtk.h>
 
@@ -27,14 +29,14 @@ void remove_book (GtkButton *button, GtkNotebook *notebook)
 {
     gint page;
     
-    page = gtk_notebook_get_current_page(notebook);
+    page = gtk_notebook_current_page(notebook);
     gtk_notebook_remove_page (notebook, page);
     /* Need to refresh the widget -- 
      This forces the widget to redraw itself. */
     gtk_widget_draw(GTK_WIDGET(notebook), NULL);
 }
 
-void delete (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *event, gpointer data)
+void delete (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gpointer *data)
 {
     gtk_main_quit ();
 }
@@ -60,8 +62,8 @@ int main (int argc, char *argv[])
 			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (delete), NULL);
     
     gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
-
-    table = gtk_table_new(3,6,FALSE);
+    
+    table = gtk_table_new(2,6,TRUE);
     gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), table);
     
     /* Create a new notebook, place the position of the tabs */
@@ -70,7 +72,7 @@ int main (int argc, char *argv[])
     gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(table), notebook, 0,6,0,1);
     gtk_widget_show(notebook);
     
-    /* Lets append a bunch of pages to the notebook */
+    /* lets append a bunch of pages to the notebook */
     for (i=0; i < 5; i++) {
 	sprintf(bufferf, "Append Frame %d", i+1);
 	sprintf(bufferl, "Page %d", i+1);
@@ -87,12 +89,16 @@ int main (int argc, char *argv[])
 	label = gtk_label_new (bufferl);
 	gtk_notebook_append_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), frame, label);
     }
-      
-    /* Now lets add a page to a specific spot */
+    
+    
+    /* now lets add a page to a specific spot */
     checkbutton = gtk_check_button_new_with_label ("Check me please!");
     gtk_widget_set_usize(checkbutton, 100, 75);
     gtk_widget_show (checkbutton);
-   
+    
+    label = gtk_label_new ("Add spot");
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (checkbutton), label);
+    gtk_widget_show (label);
     label = gtk_label_new ("Add page");
     gtk_notebook_insert_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), checkbutton, label, 2);
     
@@ -116,8 +122,9 @@ int main (int argc, char *argv[])
     
     /* Set what page to start at (page 4) */
     gtk_notebook_set_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK(notebook), 3);
-
-    /* Create a bunch of buttons */
+    
+    
+    /* create a bunch of buttons */
     button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("close");
     gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
 			       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (delete), NULL);
@@ -163,6 +170,5 @@ int main (int argc, char *argv[])
     
     gtk_main ();
     
-    return(0);
+    return 0;
 }
-/* example-end */

examples/packbox/Makefile

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 CC = gcc
 
 packbox: packbox.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  packbox.c -o packbox `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` packbox.c -o packbox
 
 clean: 
 	rm -f *.o packbox

examples/packbox/packbox.c

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-/* example-start packbox packbox.c */
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* packbox.c */
 
-#include <stdio.h>
 #include "gtk/gtk.h"
 
-void delete_event( GtkWidget *widget,
-                   GdkEvent  *event,
-		   gpointer   data )
+void
+delete_event (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gpointer *data)
 {
     gtk_main_quit ();
 }
@@ -13,21 +13,18 @@ void delete_event( GtkWidget *widget,
 /* Make a new hbox filled with button-labels. Arguments for the 
  * variables we're interested are passed in to this function. 
  * We do not show the box, but do show everything inside. */
-GtkWidget *make_box( gint homogeneous,
-                     gint spacing,
-		     gint expand,
-		     gint fill,
-		     gint padding ) 
+GtkWidget *make_box (gint homogeneous, gint spacing,
+		     gint expand, gint fill, gint padding) 
 {
     GtkWidget *box;
     GtkWidget *button;
     char padstr[80];
     
-    /* Create a new hbox with the appropriate homogeneous
-     * and spacing settings */
+    /* create a new hbox with the appropriate homogeneous and spacing
+     * settings */
     box = gtk_hbox_new (homogeneous, spacing);
     
-    /* Create a series of buttons with the appropriate settings */
+    /* create a series of buttons with the appropriate settings */
     button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("gtk_box_pack");
     gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box), button, expand, fill, padding);
     gtk_widget_show (button);
@@ -40,7 +37,7 @@ GtkWidget *make_box( gint homogeneous,
     gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box), button, expand, fill, padding);
     gtk_widget_show (button);
     
-    /* Create a button with the label depending on the value of
+    /* create a button with the label depending on the value of
      * expand. */
     if (expand == TRUE)
 	    button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("TRUE,");
@@ -65,8 +62,8 @@ GtkWidget *make_box( gint homogeneous,
     return box;
 }
 
-int main( int   argc,
-          char *argv[]) 
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
 {
     GtkWidget *window;
     GtkWidget *button;
@@ -92,7 +89,7 @@ int main( int   argc,
     window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
 
     /* You should always remember to connect the destroy signal to the
-     * main window. This is very important for proper intuitive
+     * main window.  This is very important for proper intuitive
      * behavior */
     gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
 			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (delete_event), NULL);
@@ -103,7 +100,7 @@ int main( int   argc,
      * on top of the other in this vbox. */
     box1 = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0);
     
-    /* which example to show. These correspond to the pictures above. */
+    /* which example to show.  These correspond to the pictures above. */
     switch (which) {
     case 1:
 	/* create a new label. */
@@ -118,16 +115,16 @@ int main( int   argc,
 	 * order. */
 	gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), label, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
 	
-	/* Show the label */
+	/* show the label */
 	gtk_widget_show (label);
 	
-	/* Call our make box function - homogeneous = FALSE, spacing = 0,
+	/* call our make box function - homogeneous = FALSE, spacing = 0,
 	 * expand = FALSE, fill = FALSE, padding = 0 */
 	box2 = make_box (FALSE, 0, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
 	gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), box2, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
 	gtk_widget_show (box2);
 
-	/* Call our make box function - homogeneous = FALSE, spacing = 0,
+	/* call our make box function - homogeneous = FALSE, spacing = 0,
 	 * expand = FALSE, fill = FALSE, padding = 0 */
 	box2 = make_box (FALSE, 0, TRUE, FALSE, 0);
 	gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), box2, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
@@ -138,17 +135,17 @@ int main( int   argc,
 	gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), box2, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
 	gtk_widget_show (box2);
 	
-	/* Creates a separator, we'll learn more about these later, 
+	/* creates a separator, we'll learn more about these later, 
 	 * but they are quite simple. */
 	separator = gtk_hseparator_new ();
 	
-	/* Cack the separator into the vbox. Remember each of these
+	/* pack the separator into the vbox.  Remember each of these
 	 * widgets are being packed into a vbox, so they'll be stacked
 	 * vertically. */
 	gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), separator, FALSE, TRUE, 5);
 	gtk_widget_show (separator);
 	
-	/* Create another new label, and show it. */
+	/* create another new label, and show it. */
 	label = gtk_label_new ("gtk_hbox_new (TRUE, 0);");
 	gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0);
 	gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), label, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
@@ -164,7 +161,7 @@ int main( int   argc,
 	gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), box2, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
 	gtk_widget_show (box2);
 	
-	/* Another new separator. */
+	/* another new separator. */
 	separator = gtk_hseparator_new ();
 	/* The last 3 arguments to gtk_box_pack_start are: expand, fill, padding. */
 	gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), separator, FALSE, TRUE, 5);
@@ -174,7 +171,7 @@ int main( int   argc,
 
     case 2:
 
-	/* Create a new label, remember box1 is a vbox as created 
+	/* create a new label, remember box1 is a vbox as created 
 	 * near the beginning of main() */
 	label = gtk_label_new ("gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 10);");
 	gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label), 0, 0);
@@ -219,28 +216,27 @@ int main( int   argc,
     
     case 3:
 
-        /* This demonstrates the ability to use gtk_box_pack_end() to
-	 * right justify widgets. First, we create a new box as before. */
+    /* This demonstrates the ability to use gtk_box_pack_end() to
+	 * right justify widgets.  First, we create a new box as before. */
 	box2 = make_box (FALSE, 0, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
-
-	/* Create the label that will be put at the end. */
+	/* create the label that will be put at the end. */
 	label = gtk_label_new ("end");
-	/* Pack it using gtk_box_pack_end(), so it is put on the right
-	 * side of the hbox created in the make_box() call. */
+	/* pack it using gtk_box_pack_end(), so it is put on the right side
+	 * of the hbox created in the make_box() call. */
 	gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (box2), label, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
-	/* Show the label. */
+	/* show the label. */
 	gtk_widget_show (label);
 	
-	/* Pack box2 into box1 (the vbox remember ? :) */
+	/* pack box2 into box1 (the vbox remember ? :) */
 	gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), box2, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
 	gtk_widget_show (box2);
 	
-	/* A separator for the bottom. */
+	/* a separator for the bottom. */
 	separator = gtk_hseparator_new ();
-	/* This explicitly sets the separator to 400 pixels wide by 5 pixels
-	 * high. This is so the hbox we created will also be 400 pixels wide,
+	/* this explicitly sets the separator to 400 pixels wide by 5 pixels
+	 * high.  This is so the hbox we created will also be 400 pixels wide,
 	 * and the "end" label will be separated from the other labels in the
-	 * hbox. Otherwise, all the widgets in the hbox would be packed as
+	 * hbox.  Otherwise, all the widgets in the hbox would be packed as
 	 * close together as possible. */
 	gtk_widget_set_usize (separator, 400, 5);
 	/* pack the separator into the vbox (box1) created near the start 
@@ -255,23 +251,23 @@ int main( int   argc,
     /* Our quit button. */
     button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Quit");
     
-    /* Setup the signal to destroy the window. Remember that this will send
+    /* setup the signal to destroy the window.  Remember that this will send
      * the "destroy" signal to the window which will be caught by our signal
      * handler as defined above. */
     gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
 			       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_main_quit),
 			       GTK_OBJECT (window));
-    /* Pack the button into the quitbox.
+    /* pack the button into the quitbox.
      * The last 3 arguments to gtk_box_pack_start are: expand, fill, padding. */
     gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (quitbox), button, TRUE, FALSE, 0);
     /* pack the quitbox into the vbox (box1) */
     gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), quitbox, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
     
-    /* Pack the vbox (box1) which now contains all our widgets, into the
+    /* pack the vbox (box1) which now contains all our widgets, into the
      * main window. */
     gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), box1);
     
-    /* And show everything left */
+    /* and show everything left */
     gtk_widget_show (button);
     gtk_widget_show (quitbox);
     
@@ -282,9 +278,8 @@ int main( int   argc,
     /* And of course, our main function. */
     gtk_main ();
 
-    /* Control returns here when gtk_main_quit() is called, but not when 
+    /* control returns here when gtk_main_quit() is called, but not when 
      * gtk_exit is used. */
     
-    return(0);
+    return 0;
 }
-/* example-end */

examples/packer/Makefile

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-CC = gcc
-
-packer: pack.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  pack.c -o packer `gtk-config --libs`
-
-clean: 
-	rm -f *.o packer

examples/packer/pack.c

@@ -1,664 +0,0 @@
-/* 
- *  This is a demo of gtkpacker. 
- */
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-void add_widget (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
-void toggle_side (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
-void toggle_anchor (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
-void toggle_options (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
-
-typedef struct {
-    GList     *widgets;
-    GtkWidget *packer;
-    GtkWidget *current;
-    GtkPackerChild *pchild;
-
-    GtkWidget *button_top;
-    GtkWidget *button_bottom;
-    GtkWidget *button_left;
-    GtkWidget *button_right;
-
-    GtkWidget *button_n;
-    GtkWidget *button_ne;
-    GtkWidget *button_nw;
-    GtkWidget *button_e;
-    GtkWidget *button_w;
-    GtkWidget *button_s;
-    GtkWidget *button_se;
-    GtkWidget *button_sw;
-    GtkWidget *button_center;
-
-    GtkWidget *button_fillx;
-    GtkWidget *button_filly;
-    GtkWidget *button_expand;
-} Info;
-
-void destroy (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
-{
-    gtk_main_quit ();
-}
-
-int
-main (int argv, char **argc)
-{
-    GtkWidget *window;
-    GtkWidget *window_pack;
-    GtkWidget *top_pack;
-    GtkWidget *frame;
-    GtkWidget *packer;
-    GtkWidget *button_pack;
-    GtkWidget *button_add;
-    GtkWidget *button_quit;
-    GtkWidget *bottom_pack;
-    GtkWidget *side_frame;
-    GtkWidget *side_pack;
-    GtkWidget *button_top;
-    GtkWidget *button_bottom;
-    GtkWidget *button_left;
-    GtkWidget *button_right;
-    GtkWidget *anchor_table;
-    GtkWidget *anchor_frame;
-    GtkWidget *button_n;
-    GtkWidget *button_ne;
-    GtkWidget *button_nw;
-    GtkWidget *button_e;
-    GtkWidget *button_w;
-    GtkWidget *button_center;
-    GtkWidget *button_s;
-    GtkWidget *button_se;
-    GtkWidget *button_sw;
-    GtkWidget *button_expand;
-    GtkWidget *button_fillx;
-    GtkWidget *button_filly;
-    GtkWidget *options_pack;
-    GtkWidget *options_frame;
-    GtkWidget *anchor_pack;
-    Info *info;
-
-    gtk_init(&argv, &argc);
-
-    info = g_malloc(sizeof(Info));
-
-    window = gtk_window_new(GTK_TOPLEVEL);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (destroy), NULL);
-
-    window_pack = gtk_packer_new();
-    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(window), window_pack);
-    gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(window), 4);
-
-    top_pack = gtk_packer_new();
-    gtk_packer_add_defaults(GTK_PACKER(window_pack),
-                            top_pack,
-                            GTK_SIDE_TOP,
-                            GTK_ANCHOR_CENTER,
-                            GTK_FILL_X | GTK_FILL_Y | GTK_EXPAND);
-
-    frame = gtk_frame_new("Packing Area");
-    gtk_widget_set_usize(frame, 400, 400);
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(top_pack), 
-                             frame,
-                             GTK_SIDE_LEFT,
-                             GTK_ANCHOR_CENTER,
-                             GTK_FILL_X | GTK_FILL_Y | GTK_EXPAND,     
-                             0, 8, 8, 0, 0);
-    packer = gtk_packer_new();
-    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), packer);
-
-    button_pack = gtk_packer_new();
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(top_pack),
-                   button_pack, 
-                   GTK_SIDE_LEFT,
-                   GTK_ANCHOR_N,
-                   0, 
-                   0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-
-    button_add = gtk_button_new_with_label("Add Button");
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(top_pack),
-                   button_add, 
-                   GTK_SIDE_TOP,
-                   GTK_ANCHOR_CENTER,
-                   GTK_FILL_X, 
-                   0, 8, 8, 8, 0);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_add), "clicked",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (add_widget), (gpointer) info);
-
-    button_quit = gtk_button_new_with_label("Quit");
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(top_pack),
-                   button_quit, 
-                   GTK_SIDE_TOP,
-                   GTK_ANCHOR_CENTER,
-                   GTK_FILL_X, 
-                   0, 8, 8, 0, 0);
-    gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (button_quit), "clicked",
-                               GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy),
-                               GTK_OBJECT (window));
-
-    bottom_pack = gtk_packer_new();
-    gtk_packer_add_defaults(GTK_PACKER(window_pack),
-                            bottom_pack,
-                            GTK_SIDE_TOP,
-                            GTK_ANCHOR_CENTER,
-                            GTK_FILL_X);
-  
-    side_frame = gtk_frame_new("Side");
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(window_pack),
-                   side_frame,
-                   GTK_SIDE_LEFT,
-                   GTK_ANCHOR_W,
-                   GTK_FILL_Y,
-                   0, 10, 10, 0, 0);
-
-    side_pack = gtk_packer_new();
-    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(side_frame), side_pack);
-    
-    button_top = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("Top");
-    button_bottom = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("Bottom");
-    button_left = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("Left");
-    button_right = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("Right");
-
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_top), "side", (gpointer) GTK_SIDE_TOP);
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_bottom), "side", (gpointer) GTK_SIDE_BOTTOM);
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_left), "side", (gpointer) GTK_SIDE_LEFT);
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_right), "side", (gpointer) GTK_SIDE_RIGHT);
-
-    gtk_widget_set_usize(button_top, 50, -1);
-    gtk_widget_set_usize(button_bottom, 50, -1);
-    gtk_widget_set_usize(button_left, 50, -1);
-    gtk_widget_set_usize(button_right, 50, -1);
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(side_pack),
-                   button_top,
-                   GTK_SIDE_TOP,
-                   GTK_ANCHOR_CENTER,
-                   0,
-                   0, 5, 5, 0, 0);
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(side_pack),
-                   button_bottom,
-                   GTK_SIDE_BOTTOM,
-                   GTK_ANCHOR_CENTER,
-                   0,
-                   0, 5, 5, 0, 0);
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(side_pack),
-                   button_left,
-                   GTK_SIDE_LEFT,
-                   GTK_ANCHOR_CENTER,
-                   0,
-                   0, 10, 5, 0, 0);
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(side_pack),
-                   button_right,
-                   GTK_SIDE_RIGHT,
-                   GTK_ANCHOR_CENTER,
-                   0,
-                   0, 10, 5, 0, 0);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_top), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_side), (gpointer) info);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_bottom), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_side), (gpointer) info);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_left), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_side), (gpointer) info);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_right), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_side), (gpointer) info);
-
-    anchor_frame = gtk_frame_new("Anchor");
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(window_pack),
-                   anchor_frame,
-                   GTK_SIDE_LEFT,
-                   GTK_ANCHOR_W,
-                   GTK_FILL_Y,
-                   0, 10, 10, 0, 0);
-
-    anchor_pack = gtk_packer_new();
-    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(anchor_frame), anchor_pack);
-
-    anchor_table = gtk_table_new(3,3,TRUE);
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(anchor_pack),
-                   anchor_table,
-                   GTK_SIDE_TOP,
-                   GTK_ANCHOR_CENTER,
-                   GTK_FILL_Y | GTK_FILL_X | GTK_PACK_EXPAND,
-                   0, 10, 5, 0, 0);
-
-    button_n = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("N");
-    button_s = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("S");
-    button_w = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("W");
-    button_e = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("E");
-    button_ne = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("NE");
-    button_nw = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("NW");
-    button_se = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("SE");
-    button_sw = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("SW");
-    button_center = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("");
-
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_n), "anchor", (gpointer) GTK_ANCHOR_N);
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_nw), "anchor", (gpointer) GTK_ANCHOR_NW);
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_ne), "anchor", (gpointer) GTK_ANCHOR_NE);
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_s), "anchor", (gpointer) GTK_ANCHOR_S);
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_sw), "anchor", (gpointer) GTK_ANCHOR_SW);
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_se), "anchor", (gpointer) GTK_ANCHOR_SE);
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_w), "anchor", (gpointer) GTK_ANCHOR_W);
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_e), "anchor", (gpointer) GTK_ANCHOR_E);
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_center), "anchor", (gpointer) GTK_ANCHOR_CENTER);
-
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_n), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_anchor), (gpointer) info);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_nw), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_anchor), (gpointer) info);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_ne), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_anchor), (gpointer) info);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_s), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_anchor), (gpointer) info);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_sw), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_anchor), (gpointer) info);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_se), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_anchor), (gpointer) info);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_w), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_anchor), (gpointer) info);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_e), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_anchor), (gpointer) info);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_center), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_anchor), (gpointer) info);
-
-    gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(anchor_table),
-                              button_nw,
-                              0, 1, 0, 1);
-    gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(anchor_table),
-                              button_n,
-                              1, 2, 0, 1);
-    gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(anchor_table),
-                              button_ne,
-                              2, 3, 0, 1);
-    gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(anchor_table),
-                              button_w,
-                              0, 1, 1, 2);
-    gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(anchor_table),
-                              button_center,
-                              1, 2, 1, 2);
-    gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(anchor_table),
-                              button_e,
-                              2, 3, 1, 2);
-    gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(anchor_table),
-                              button_sw,
-                              0, 1, 2, 3);
-    gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(anchor_table),
-                              button_s,
-                              1, 2, 2, 3);
-    gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(anchor_table),
-                              button_se,
-                              2, 3, 2, 3);
-
-    options_frame = gtk_frame_new("Options");
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(window_pack),
-                   options_frame,
-                   GTK_SIDE_LEFT,
-                   GTK_ANCHOR_W,
-                   GTK_FILL_Y,
-                   0, 10, 10, 0, 0);
-
-    options_pack = gtk_packer_new();
-    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(options_frame), options_pack);
-
-    button_fillx = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("Fill X");
-    button_filly = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("Fill Y");
-    button_expand = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label("Expand");
-
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(options_pack),
-                   button_fillx,
-                   GTK_SIDE_TOP,
-                   GTK_ANCHOR_N,
-                   GTK_FILL_X | GTK_PACK_EXPAND,
-                   0, 10, 5, 0, 0);
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(options_pack),
-                   button_filly,
-                   GTK_SIDE_TOP,
-                   GTK_ANCHOR_CENTER,
-                   GTK_FILL_X | GTK_PACK_EXPAND,
-                   0, 10, 5, 0, 0);
-    gtk_packer_add(GTK_PACKER(options_pack),
-                   button_expand,
-                   GTK_SIDE_TOP,
-                   GTK_ANCHOR_S,
-                   GTK_FILL_X | GTK_PACK_EXPAND,
-                   0, 10, 5, 0, 0);
-
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_fillx), "option", (gpointer) GTK_FILL_X);
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_filly), "option", (gpointer) GTK_FILL_Y);
-    gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(button_expand), "option", (gpointer) GTK_PACK_EXPAND);
-
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_fillx), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_options), (gpointer) info);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_filly), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_options), (gpointer) info);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button_expand), "toggled",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_options), (gpointer) info);
-
-
-
-    info->widgets = NULL;
-    info->packer = packer;
-    info->button_top = button_top;
-    info->button_bottom = button_bottom;
-    info->button_left = button_left;
-    info->button_right = button_right;
-    info->button_n = button_n;
-    info->button_nw = button_nw;
-    info->button_ne = button_ne;
-    info->button_e = button_e;
-    info->button_w = button_w;
-    info->button_center = button_center;
-    info->button_s = button_s;
-    info->button_sw = button_sw;
-    info->button_se = button_se;
-    info->button_fillx = button_fillx;
-    info->button_filly = button_filly;
-    info->button_expand = button_expand;
-
-    add_widget(NULL, (gpointer) info);
-
-    gtk_widget_show_all(window);
-
-    gtk_main();
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-void 
-toggle_options (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
-{
-   Info *info;
-   gint option;
-   GList *list;
-   GtkPackerChild *pchild;
-   gint fillx, filly, expand;
-
-   info = (Info*) data;
- 
-   option = (gint) gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(widget), "option");
-
-   pchild = info->pchild;
-   if (pchild == NULL) {
-       abort();
-   };
-
-   fillx = filly = expand = 0;
-
-   if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_fillx)->active)
-       fillx = GTK_FILL_X;
-   if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_filly)->active)
-       filly = GTK_FILL_Y;
-   if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_expand)->active)
-       expand = GTK_PACK_EXPAND;
-
-   gtk_packer_configure(GTK_PACKER(info->packer),
-                        info->current,
-                        pchild->side,
-                        pchild->anchor,
-                        fillx | filly | expand, 
-                        pchild->border_width, 
-                        pchild->pad_x, 
-                        pchild->pad_y, 
-                        pchild->i_pad_x, 
-                        pchild->i_pad_y);
-}
-
-void 
-toggle_anchor (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
-{
-   Info *info;
-   gint anchor;
-   GList *list;
-   GtkPackerChild *pchild;
-
-   info = (Info*) data;
- 
-   if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(widget)->active) {
-       anchor = (gint) gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(widget), "anchor");
-
-       pchild = info->pchild;
-       if (pchild == NULL) {
-           abort();
-       };
-
-       gtk_packer_configure(GTK_PACKER(info->packer),
-                           info->current,
-                           pchild->side,
-                           anchor,
-                           pchild->options, 
-                           pchild->border_width, 
-                           pchild->pad_x, 
-                           pchild->pad_y, 
-                           pchild->i_pad_x, 
-                           pchild->i_pad_y);
-
-       if (info->button_n != widget) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_n),0);
-           gtk_widget_set_sensitive(info->button_n, 1);
-       }
-       if (info->button_nw != widget) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_nw),0);
-           gtk_widget_set_sensitive(info->button_nw, 1);
-       }
-       if (info->button_ne != widget) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_ne),0);
-           gtk_widget_set_sensitive(info->button_ne, 1);
-       }
-       if (info->button_s != widget) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_s),0);
-           gtk_widget_set_sensitive(info->button_s, 1);
-       }
-       if (info->button_sw != widget) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_sw),0);
-           gtk_widget_set_sensitive(info->button_sw, 1);
-       }
-       if (info->button_se != widget) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_se),0);
-           gtk_widget_set_sensitive(info->button_se, 1);
-       }
-       if (info->button_e != widget) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_e),0);
-           gtk_widget_set_sensitive(info->button_e, 1);
-       }
-       if (info->button_w != widget) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_w),0);
-           gtk_widget_set_sensitive(info->button_w, 1);
-       }
-       if (info->button_center != widget) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_center),0);
-           gtk_widget_set_sensitive(info->button_center, 1);
-       }
-
-       gtk_widget_set_sensitive(widget, 0);
-    }
-}
-
-void 
-toggle_side (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
-{
-   Info *info;
-   gint side;
-   GList *list;
-   GtkPackerChild *pchild;
-
-   info = (Info*) data;
- 
-   if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(widget)->active) {
-
-       side = (gint) gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(widget), "side");
-
-       pchild = info->pchild;
-       if (pchild == NULL) {
-           abort();
-       };
-       gtk_packer_configure(GTK_PACKER(info->packer),
-                           info->current,
-                           side,
-                           pchild->anchor,
-                           pchild->options, 
-                           pchild->border_width, 
-                           pchild->pad_x, 
-                           pchild->pad_y, 
-                           pchild->i_pad_x, 
-                           pchild->i_pad_y);
-
-       if (info->button_top != widget) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_top),0);
-           gtk_widget_set_sensitive(info->button_top, 1);
-       }
-
-       if (info->button_bottom != widget) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_bottom),0);
-           gtk_widget_set_sensitive(info->button_bottom, 1);
-       }
-
-       if (info->button_left != widget) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_left),0);
-           gtk_widget_set_sensitive(info->button_left, 1);
-       }
-
-       if (info->button_right != widget) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_right),0);
-           gtk_widget_set_sensitive(info->button_right, 1);
-       }
-
-       gtk_widget_set_sensitive(widget, 0);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-set_widget (GtkWidget *w, gpointer data) {
-   Info *info;
-   GList *list;
-   GtkWidget *widget;
-   GtkPackerChild *pchild;
-   gint options;
-
-   if (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(w)->active) {
-
-       info = (Info*) data;
-       info->current = w;
-
-       pchild = NULL;
-       list = g_list_first(GTK_PACKER(info->packer)->children);
-       while (list) {
-           if (((GtkPackerChild*)(list->data))->widget == info->current) {
-               pchild = (GtkPackerChild*)(list->data);
-               break;
-           }
-           list = g_list_next(list);
-       }
-       if (pchild == NULL) {
-           abort();
-       };
-
-       info->pchild = pchild;
- 
-       switch (pchild->side) {
-         case GTK_SIDE_TOP:
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_top),1);
-           break;
-         case GTK_SIDE_BOTTOM:
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_bottom),1);
-           break;
-         case GTK_SIDE_LEFT:
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_left),1);
-           break;
-         case GTK_SIDE_RIGHT:
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_right),1);
-           break;
-         default:
-           printf("foo... side == %d\n", pchild->side);
-       };
-
-       switch (pchild->anchor) {
-         case GTK_ANCHOR_N:
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_n),1);
-           break;
-         case GTK_ANCHOR_NW:
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_nw),1);
-           break;
-         case GTK_ANCHOR_NE:
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_ne),1);
-           break;
-         case GTK_ANCHOR_S:
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_s),1);
-           break;
-         case GTK_ANCHOR_SW:
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_sw),1);
-           break;
-         case GTK_ANCHOR_SE:
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_se),1);
-           break;
-         case GTK_ANCHOR_W:
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_w),1);
-           break;
-         case GTK_ANCHOR_E:
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_e),1);
-           break;
-         case GTK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_center),1);
-           break;
-         default:
-       };
-
-       options = pchild->options;
-       if (options & GTK_PACK_EXPAND) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_expand),1);
-       } else {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_expand),0);
-       }
-       if (options & GTK_FILL_X) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_fillx),1);
-       } else {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_fillx),0);
-       }
-       if (options & GTK_FILL_Y) {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_filly),1);
-       } else {
-           gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(info->button_filly),0);
-       }
-       
-
-       gtk_widget_set_sensitive(w, 0);
-
-       list = g_list_first(info->widgets);
-       while (list) {
-           widget = (GtkWidget*)(list->data);
-           if (widget != info->current) {
-               gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(widget),0);
-               gtk_widget_set_sensitive(widget, 1);
-           }
-
-           list = g_list_next(list);
-       } 
-   }
-
-}
-
-void 
-add_widget (GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
-{  
-   static gint n = 0;
-   GtkPacker *packer;
-   GtkWidget *widget;
-   gchar str[255];
-   Info *info;
-
-   info = (Info*) data;
-   packer = GTK_PACKER(info->packer);
-   
-   sprintf(str, "%d", n);
-   widget = gtk_toggle_button_new_with_label(str);
-   gtk_widget_set_usize(widget, 50, 50);
-   gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(packer), widget);
-   gtk_widget_show(widget);
-
-   gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (widget), "toggled",
-                       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (set_widget), (gpointer) info);
-
-   info->widgets = g_list_append(info->widgets, (gpointer) widget);
-   gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(widget),1);
-   set_widget(widget, info);
-
-   n++;
-}
-

examples/paned/Makefile

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 CC = gcc
 
 paned: paned.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  paned.c -o paned `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` paned.c -o paned
 
 clean: 
 	rm -f *.o paned

examples/paned/paned.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* example-start paned paned.c */
+/* paned.c */
 
 #include <gtk/gtk.h>
    
@@ -22,8 +22,7 @@ create_list (void)
    
     /* Create a new list and put it in the scrolled window */
     list = gtk_list_new ();
-    gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport (GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW (scrolled_window),
-                                           list);
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER(scrolled_window), list);
     gtk_widget_show (list);
    
     /* Add some messages to the window */
@@ -115,16 +114,11 @@ main (int argc, char *argv[])
     gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
 			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_main_quit), NULL);
     gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
-    gtk_widget_set_usize (GTK_WIDGET(window), 450, 400);
-
+   
     /* create a vpaned widget and add it to our toplevel window */
    
     vpaned = gtk_vpaned_new ();
     gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER(window), vpaned);
-    gtk_paned_set_handle_size (GTK_PANED(vpaned),
-                               10);
-    gtk_paned_set_gutter_size (GTK_PANED(vpaned),
-                               15);                       
     gtk_widget_show (vpaned);
    
     /* Now create the contents of the two halves of the window */
@@ -140,4 +134,3 @@ main (int argc, char *argv[])
     gtk_main ();
     return 0;
 }
-/* example-end */

examples/pixmap/Makefile

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 CC = gcc
 
 pixmap: pixmap.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  pixmap.c -o pixmap `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` pixmap.c -o pixmap
 
 clean: 
 	rm -f *.o pixmap

examples/pixmap/pixmap.c

@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
-/* example-start pixmap pixmap.c */
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* pixmap.c */
 
 #include <gtk/gtk.h>
 
@@ -29,14 +31,14 @@ static const char * xpm_data[] = {
 
 /* when invoked (via signal delete_event), terminates the application.
  */
-void close_application( GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gpointer data ) {
+void close_application( GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gpointer *data ) {
     gtk_main_quit();
 }
 
 
 /* is invoked when the button is clicked.  It just prints a message.
  */
-void button_clicked( GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data ) {
+void button_clicked( GtkWidget *widget, gpointer *data ) {
     printf( "button clicked\n" );
 }
 
@@ -81,4 +83,3 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
           
     return 0;
 }
-/* example-end */

examples/progressbar/Makefile

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 CC = gcc
 
 progressbar: progressbar.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  progressbar.c -o progressbar `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` progressbar.c -o progressbar
 
 clean: 
 	rm -f *.o progressbar

examples/progressbar/progressbar.c

@@ -1,220 +1,93 @@
-/* example-start progressbar progressbar.c */
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* progressbar.c */
 
 #include <gtk/gtk.h>
 
-typedef struct _ProgressData {
+static int ptimer = 0;
+int pstat = TRUE;
+
+/* This function increments and updates the progress bar, it also resets
+ the progress bar if pstat is FALSE */
+gint progress (gpointer data)
+{
+    gfloat pvalue;
+    
+    /* get the current value of the progress bar */
+    pvalue = GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (data)->percentage;
+    
+    if ((pvalue >= 1.0) || (pstat == FALSE)) {
+	pvalue = 0.0;
+	pstat = TRUE;
+    }
+    pvalue += 0.01;
+    
+    gtk_progress_bar_update (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (data), pvalue);
+    
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* This function signals a reset of the progress bar */
+void progress_r (void)
+{  
+    pstat = FALSE;  
+}
+
+void destroy (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gpointer *data)
+{
+    gtk_main_quit ();
+}
+
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
     GtkWidget *window;
-    GtkWidget *pbar;
-    int timer;
-} ProgressData;
-
-/* Update the value of the progress bar so that we get
- * some movement */
-gint progress_timeout( gpointer data )
-{
-    gfloat new_val;
-    GtkAdjustment *adj;
-
-    adj = GTK_PROGRESS (data)->adjustment;
-
-    /* Calculate the value of the progress bar using the
-     * value range set in the adjustment object */
-    new_val = adj->value + 1;
-    if (new_val > adj->upper)
-      new_val = adj->lower;
-
-    /* Set the new value */
-    gtk_progress_set_value (GTK_PROGRESS (data), new_val);
-
-    /* As this is a timeout function, return TRUE so that it
-     * continues to get called */
-    return(TRUE);
-} 
-
-/* Callback that toggles the text display within the progress
- * bar trough */
-void toggle_show_text( GtkWidget    *widget,
-		       ProgressData *pdata )
-{
-    gtk_progress_set_show_text (GTK_PROGRESS (pdata->pbar),
-                                GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->active);
-}
-
-/* Callback that toggles the activity mode of the progress
- * bar */
-void toggle_activity_mode( GtkWidget    *widget,
-			   ProgressData *pdata )
-{
-    gtk_progress_set_activity_mode (GTK_PROGRESS (pdata->pbar),
-                                    GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (widget)->active);
-}
-
-/* Callback that toggles the continuous mode of the progress
- * bar */
-void set_continuous_mode( GtkWidget    *widget,
-			  ProgressData *pdata )
-{
-    gtk_progress_bar_set_bar_style (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (pdata->pbar),
-                                    GTK_PROGRESS_CONTINUOUS);
-}
-
-/* Callback that toggles the discrete mode of the progress
- * bar */
-void set_discrete_mode( GtkWidget    *widget,
-			ProgressData *pdata )
-{
-    gtk_progress_bar_set_bar_style (GTK_PROGRESS_BAR (pdata->pbar),
-                                    GTK_PROGRESS_DISCRETE);
-}
- 
-/* Clean up allocated memory and remove the timer */
-void destroy_progress( GtkWidget     *widget,
-		       ProgressData *pdata)
-{
-    gtk_timeout_remove (pdata->timer);
-    pdata->timer = 0;
-    pdata->window = NULL;
-    g_free(pdata);
-    gtk_main_quit();
-}
-
-int main( int   argc,
-          char *argv[])
-{
-    ProgressData *pdata;
-    GtkWidget *align;
-    GtkWidget *separator;
-    GtkWidget *table;
-    GtkAdjustment *adj;
     GtkWidget *button;
-    GtkWidget *check;
-    GtkWidget *vbox;
-
+    GtkWidget *label;
+    GtkWidget *table;
+    GtkWidget *pbar;
+    
     gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
-
-    /* Allocate memory for the data that is passwd to the callbacks */
-    pdata = g_malloc( sizeof(ProgressData) );
-  
-    pdata->window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
-    gtk_window_set_policy (GTK_WINDOW (pdata->window), FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
-
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (pdata->window), "destroy",
-	                GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (destroy_progress),
-                        pdata);
-    gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (pdata->window), "GtkProgressBar");
-    gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (pdata->window), 0);
-
-    vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 5);
-    gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox), 10);
-    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (pdata->window), vbox);
-    gtk_widget_show(vbox);
-  
-    /* Create a centering alignment object */
-    align = gtk_alignment_new (0.5, 0.5, 0, 0);
-    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), align, FALSE, FALSE, 5);
-    gtk_widget_show(align);
-
-    /* Create a GtkAdjusment object to hold the range of the
-     * progress bar */
-    adj = (GtkAdjustment *) gtk_adjustment_new (0, 1, 150, 0, 0, 0);
-
-    /* Create the GtkProgressBar using the adjustment */
-    pdata->pbar = gtk_progress_bar_new_with_adjustment (adj);
-
-    /* Set the format of the string that can be displayed in the
-     * trough of the progress bar:
-     * %p - percentage
-     * %v - value
-     * %l - lower range value
-     * %u - upper range value */
-    gtk_progress_set_format_string (GTK_PROGRESS (pdata->pbar),
-	                            "%v from [%l-%u] (=%p%%)");
-    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (align), pdata->pbar);
-    gtk_widget_show(pdata->pbar);
-
-    /* Add a timer callback to update the value of the progress bar */
-    pdata->timer = gtk_timeout_add (100, progress_timeout, pdata->pbar);
-
-    separator = gtk_hseparator_new ();
-    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), separator, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
-    gtk_widget_show(separator);
-
-    /* rows, columns, homogeneous */
-    table = gtk_table_new (2, 3, FALSE);
-    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), table, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
-    gtk_widget_show(table);
-
-    /* Add a check button to select displaying of the trough text */
-    check = gtk_check_button_new_with_label ("Show text");
-    gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), check, 0, 1, 0, 1,
-                      GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL,
-                      5, 5);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (check), "clicked",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_show_text),
-                        pdata);
-    gtk_widget_show(check);
-
-    /* Add a check button to toggle activity mode */
-    check = gtk_check_button_new_with_label ("Activity mode");
-    gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), check, 0, 1, 1, 2,
-                      GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL,
-                      5, 5);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (check), "clicked",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (toggle_activity_mode),
-                        pdata);
-    gtk_widget_show(check);
-
-    separator = gtk_vseparator_new ();
-    gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), separator, 1, 2, 0, 2,
-                      GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL,
-                      5, 5);
-    gtk_widget_show(separator);
-
-    /* Add a radio button to select continuous display mode */
-    button = gtk_radio_button_new_with_label (NULL, "Continuous");
-    gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), button, 2, 3, 0, 1,
-                      GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL,
-                      5, 5);
+    
+    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (destroy), NULL);
+    
+    gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
+    
+    table = gtk_table_new(3,2,TRUE);
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), table);
+    
+    label = gtk_label_new ("Progress Bar Example");
+    gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(table), label, 0,2,0,1);
+    gtk_widget_show(label);
+    
+    /* Create a new progress bar, pack it into the table, and show it */
+    pbar = gtk_progress_bar_new ();
+    gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(table), pbar, 0,2,1,2);
+    gtk_widget_show (pbar);
+    
+    /* Set the timeout to handle automatic updating of the progress bar */
+    ptimer = gtk_timeout_add (100, progress, pbar);
+    
+    /* This button signals the progress bar to be reset */
+    button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Reset");
     gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (set_continuous_mode),
-                        pdata);
-    gtk_widget_show (button);
-
-    /* Add a radio button to select discrete display mode */
-    button = gtk_radio_button_new_with_label(
-               gtk_radio_button_group (GTK_RADIO_BUTTON (button)),
-               "Discrete");
-    gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (table), button, 2, 3, 1, 2,
-                      GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL, GTK_EXPAND | GTK_FILL,
-                      5, 5);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (set_discrete_mode),
-                        pdata);
-    gtk_widget_show (button);
-
-    separator = gtk_hseparator_new ();
-    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), separator, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
-    gtk_widget_show(separator);
-
-    /* Add a button to exit the program */
-    button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("close");
-    gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
-                               (GtkSignalFunc) gtk_widget_destroy,
-                               GTK_OBJECT (pdata->window));
-    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), button, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
-
-    /* This makes it so the button is the default. */
-    GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
-
-    /* This grabs this button to be the default button. Simply hitting
-     * the "Enter" key will cause this button to activate. */
-    gtk_widget_grab_default (button);
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (progress_r), NULL);
+    gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(table), button, 0,1,2,3);
     gtk_widget_show(button);
-
-    gtk_widget_show (pdata->window);
-
+    
+    button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Cancel");
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (destroy), NULL);
+    
+    gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(table), button, 1,2,2,3);
+    gtk_widget_show (button);
+    
+    gtk_widget_show(table);
+    gtk_widget_show(window);
+    
     gtk_main ();
     
-    return(0);
+    return 0;
 }
-/* example-end */

examples/radiobuttons/Makefile

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 CC = gcc
 
 radiobuttons: radiobuttons.c 
-	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  radiobuttons.c -o radiobuttons `gtk-config --libs`
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` radiobuttons.c -o radiobuttons
 
 clean: 
 	rm -f *.o radiobuttons